]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #12219 from keszybz/bootctl-check-entries
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 242:
4
5 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
6 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
7 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
8 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
9 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
10 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
11 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
12
13 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
14 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
15
16 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
17 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
18 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
19 may be used to view this.
20
21 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
22 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
23 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
24 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
25 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
26 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
27 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
28
29 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
30 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
31
32 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
33 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
34
35 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
36 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
37
38 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
39 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
40 is a USB peripheral).
41
42 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
43 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
44 measured.
45
46 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
47 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
48 have privileges to do so).
49
50 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
51 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
52 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
53
54 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
55 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
56 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
57 namespace.
58
59 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
60 in which case environment variable substitution is
61 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
62
63 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
64 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
65 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
66 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
67 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
68
69 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
70 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
71 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
72 install CPU cores.
73
74 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
75 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
76 kernel 4.15.
77
78 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
79 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
80 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
81 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
82 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
83
84 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
85 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
86 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
87
88 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
89 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
90 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
91 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
92 enslaved devices is not operational.
93
94 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
95 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
96
97 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
98 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
99 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
100 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
101 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
102 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
103
104 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
105 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
106
107 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
108
109 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
110 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
111 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
112
113 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
114 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
115
116 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
117 configure CAN triple sampling.
118
119 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
120 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
121
122 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
123 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
124 details.
125
126 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
127 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
128 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
129 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
130 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
131 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
132
133 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
134
135 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
136 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
137 controlling project quota inheritance.
138
139 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
140 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
141 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
142 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
143 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
144 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
145 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
146 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
147 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
148 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
149 partition.
150
151 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
152 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
153 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
154 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
155 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
156
157 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
158 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
159
160 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
161 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
162 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
163 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
164 be used in production yet.
165
166 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
167 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
168 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
169 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
170 input, output, and error are set up.
171
172 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
173
174 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
175 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
176 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
177
178 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
179 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
180 the specified expression will elapse next.
181
182 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
183 introspection data.
184
185 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
186 the reboot() system call expects.
187
188 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
189 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
190 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
191
192 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
193 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
194 ConditionVirtualization=).
195
196 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
197 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
198 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
199 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
200 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
201 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
202 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
203 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
204 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
205 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
206 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
207 during reboot with their own operations.
208
209 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
210 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
211 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
212 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
213
214 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
215 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
216 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
217 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
218 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
219
220 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
221 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
222
223 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
224 symlinks for systemd-networkd.service, systemd-networkd.socket,
225 systemd-resolved.service, remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
226 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
227 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
228 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
229 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
230 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
231
232 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
233 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
234 prohibited.
235
236 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
237 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
238 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
239 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
240 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
241 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
242 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
243 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
244
245 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
246 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
247 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
248 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
249 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
250 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
251 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
252 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
253 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
254 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
255 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
256 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
257 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
258 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
259 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
260 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
261 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
262 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
263
264 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
265
266 CHANGES WITH 241:
267
268 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
269 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
270 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
271
272 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
273 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
274 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
275 include the package release information.
276
277 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
278 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
279 option.
280
281 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
282 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
283 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
284
285 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
286 again.
287
288 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
289 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
290 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
291 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
292 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
293 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
294 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
295 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
296 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
297 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
298 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
299 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
300 installed .link files to *not* include it.
301
302 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
303 "persistent", now works again as documented.
304
305 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
306 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
307
308 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
309 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
310 used for side-channel attacks.
311
312 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
313 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
314 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
315
316 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
317 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
318 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
319 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
320 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
321 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
322
323 fs.protected_regular = 0
324 fs.protected_fifos = 0
325
326 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
327 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
328
329 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
330 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
331 POSIX shells.
332
333 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
334 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
335
336 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
337 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
338 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
339 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
340 points but otherwise empty.
341
342 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
343 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
344 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
345
346 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
347 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
348
349 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
350 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
351
352 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
353 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
354 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
355 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
356 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
357 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
358 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
359 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
360 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
361 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
362 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
363 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
364 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
365 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
366 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
367 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
368 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
369
370 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
371
372 CHANGES WITH 240:
373
374 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
375 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
376 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
377 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
378 an SELinux policy update is required.
379 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
380
381 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
382 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
383 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
384 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
385 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
386 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
387 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
388 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
389 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
390 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
391
392 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
393 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
394 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
395 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
396 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
397 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
398 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
399 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
400 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
401 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
402 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
403 the search path.
404
405 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
406 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
407 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
408 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
409 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
410 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
411 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
412 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
413 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
414 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
415 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
416 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
417 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
418 start job.
419
420 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
421 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
422 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
423 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
424 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
425 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
426 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
427 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
428 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
429 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
430
431 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
432 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
433 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
434 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
435 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
436 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
437 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
438 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
439 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
440 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
441 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
442 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
443 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
444 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
445 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
446 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
447 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
448 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
449 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
450 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
451 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
452 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
453 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
454 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
455 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
456 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
457 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
458 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
459 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
460 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
461 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
462 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
463 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
464 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
465 Java.)
466
467 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
468 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
469 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
470 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
471 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
472 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
473 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
474 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
475 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
476 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
477
478 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
479 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
480 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
481 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
482 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
483 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
484
485 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
486 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
487 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
488 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
489 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
490
491 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
492 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
493
494 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
495 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
496 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
497
498 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
499 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
500
501 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
502 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
503 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
504
505 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
506 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
507 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
508 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
509 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
510 latency.
511
512 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
513 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
514
515 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
516 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
517 instance part of a unit name.
518
519 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
520 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
521 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
522 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
523 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
524 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
525 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
526 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
527 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
528
529 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
530 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
531 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
532 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
533
534 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
535 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
536 to a file, and appending to it.
537
538 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
539 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
540 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
541 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
542 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
543 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
544
545 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
546 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
547 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
548 having to touch C code.
549
550 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
551 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
552
553 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
554 DNS-over-TLS.
555
556 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
557 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
558 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
559
560 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
561 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
562 until the system finished start-up.
563
564 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
565
566 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
567 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
568 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
569 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
570 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
571 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
572 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
573
574 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
575 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
576 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
577 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
578 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
579 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
580 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
581 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
582 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
583 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
584 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
585 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
586
587 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
588 instantiate services.
589
590 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
591 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
592
593 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
594 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
595 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
596
597 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
598 it is neither used nor maintained.
599
600 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
601 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
602 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
603 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
604 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
605 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
606 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
607 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
608 separated by colons.
609
610 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
611 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
612
613 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
614 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
615
616 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
617 "ethtool advertise" commands.
618
619 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
620 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
621 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
622 directly.
623
624 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
625 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
626 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
627 ID.
628
629 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
630 and generate various 128bit IDs.
631
632 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
633 and LOGO=.
634
635 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
636 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
637 from any hibernated image.
638
639 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
640 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
641 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
642 kernel exports them.
643
644 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
645 /usr/bin/.
646
647 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
648 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
649 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
650 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
651 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
652 now documented here:
653
654 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
655
656 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
657 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
658 installs during early boot.
659
660 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
661 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
662
663 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
664 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
665
666 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
667 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
668 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
669
670 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
671 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
672 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
673 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
674 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
675 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
676 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
677 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
678 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
679 is on AC power.
680
681 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
682 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
683 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
684 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
685 see:
686
687 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
688
689 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
690 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
691 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
692 and container environments.
693
694 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
695 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
696 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
697 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
698
699 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
700 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
701 journald per-service.
702
703 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
704 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
705
706 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
707 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
708 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
709 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
710
711 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
712 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
713 groups.
714
715 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
716 --ephemeral command line switch.
717
718 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
719 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
720 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
721 object itself.
722
723 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
724 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
725 not unloaded).
726
727 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
728 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
729 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
730
731 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
732 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
733 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
734 too. A taged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
735 "dead" state on success.
736
737 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
738 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
739 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
740 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
741 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
742 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
743 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
744 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
745 well-defined system service context.
746
747 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
748 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
749 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
750 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
751
752 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
753 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
754 continue to be used.
755
756 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
757 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
758 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
759 for example:
760
761 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
762
763 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
764 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
765 the command line's exit code.
766
767 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
768
769 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
770
771 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
772 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
773 support to systemctl and all other commands.
774
775 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
776 name as argument.
777
778 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
779 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
780 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
781 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
782 is improved.
783
784 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
785 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
786 initialize one to all 0xFF.
787
788 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
789 all files and directories listed in
790 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
791 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
792 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
793 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
794 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
795 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
796 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
797 the transition to the host OS.
798
799 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
800 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
801 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
802 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
803 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
804 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
805 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
806 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
807 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
808 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
809 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
810 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
811 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
812 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
813 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
814 these are opened they don't work.
815
816 At this point is is recommended that container managers utilizing
817 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
818 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
819 logic works again.
820
821 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
822 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
823 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
824 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
825 ignore it.
826
827 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
828 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
829 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
830 commands.
831
832 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
833 pam_systemd anymore.
834
835 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
836 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
837 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
838 policy took effect.
839
840 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
841 python-3.5.
842
843 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
844 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
845 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
846 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
847 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
848 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
849 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
850 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
851 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
852 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
853 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
854 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
855 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
856 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
857 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
858 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
859 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
860 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
861 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
862 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
863 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
864 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
865 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
866 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
867 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
868 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
869 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
870 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
871 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
872 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
873 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
874 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
875 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
876 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
877 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
878 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
879 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
880 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
881 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
882 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
883 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
884 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
885 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
886 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
887 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
888
889 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
890
891 CHANGES WITH 239:
892
893 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
894 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
895 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
896 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
897 a slot number associated.
898
899 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
900 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
901 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
902 independent.
903
904 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
905 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
906 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
907
908 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
909 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
910 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
911 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
912
913 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
914 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
915 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
916 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
917 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
918 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
919 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
920 e.g. NIS.
921
922 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
923 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
924 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
925 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
926 may be necessary to update the file.
927
928 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
929 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
930 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
931 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
932 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
933 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
934 documentation.
935
936 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
937 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
938 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
939 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
940 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
941 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
942 them.
943
944 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
945 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
946 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
947 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
948 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
949
950 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
951 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
952 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
953 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
954 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
955 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
956 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
957 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
958
959 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
960 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
961 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
962 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
963 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
964
965 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
966 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
967 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
968 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
969 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
970
971 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
972 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
973 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
974
975 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
976 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
977 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
978 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
979 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
980 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
981 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
982 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
983 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
984 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
985 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
986 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
987 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
988 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
989 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
990 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
991 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
992 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
993 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
994 from.
995
996 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
997 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
998 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
999 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
1000
1001 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
1002 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
1003 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
1004 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
1005
1006 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
1007 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
1008 hibernates again.
1009
1010 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
1011 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
1012
1013 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
1014 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
1015 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
1016
1017 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
1018 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
1019 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
1020 was not configurable and set to 512.
1021
1022 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
1023 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
1024 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
1025 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
1026 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
1027 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
1028 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
1029 in particular su and sudo.
1030
1031 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
1032 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
1033 synchronization has been received from the network. This
1034 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
1035 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
1036 services.
1037
1038 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
1039 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
1040 files should work for hibernation now.
1041
1042 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
1043 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
1044 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
1045 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
1046 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
1047 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
1048 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
1049 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
1050 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
1051 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
1052 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
1053 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
1054 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
1055 name following the last dash.
1056
1057 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
1058 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
1059 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
1060 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
1061 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
1062
1063 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
1064 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
1065 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
1066 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
1067 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
1068 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
1069
1070 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
1071 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
1072 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
1073 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
1074
1075 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
1076 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
1077 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
1078 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
1079 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
1080
1081 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
1082 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
1083 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
1084 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
1085 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
1086 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
1087 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
1088 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
1089 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
1090 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
1091 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
1092 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
1093 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
1094
1095 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
1096 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
1097 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
1098 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
1099 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
1100 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
1101 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
1102 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
1103 settings.
1104
1105 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
1106 expiration feature, if it is available.
1107
1108 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
1109 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
1110 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
1111
1112 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
1113 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
1114
1115 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
1116
1117 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
1118 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
1119
1120 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
1121 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
1122 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
1123 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
1124 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
1125 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
1126 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
1127 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
1128 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
1129 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
1130 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
1131
1132 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
1133 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
1134 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
1135 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
1136
1137 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
1138 about its state.
1139
1140 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
1141 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
1142 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
1143 "timedatectl set-ntp".
1144
1145 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
1146 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
1147 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
1148 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
1149 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
1150 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
1151 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
1152 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
1153 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
1154 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
1155 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
1156
1157 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
1158 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
1159
1160 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
1161 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
1162 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
1163 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
1164 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
1165 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
1166
1167 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
1168 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
1169 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
1170 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
1171 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
1172 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
1173 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
1174
1175 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
1176 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
1177 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
1178 shown.)
1179
1180 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
1181 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
1182 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
1183 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
1184 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
1185 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
1186 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
1187 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
1188 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
1189
1190 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
1191 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
1192 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
1193
1194 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
1195 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
1196 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
1197 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
1198 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
1199 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
1200 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
1201 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
1202
1203 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
1204
1205 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
1206 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
1207 automatically when the system clock changed.)
1208
1209 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
1210 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
1211
1212 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
1213 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
1214 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
1215
1216 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
1217
1218 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
1219
1220 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
1221 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
1222
1223 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
1224 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
1225 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
1226 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
1227 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
1228 external user databases.
1229
1230 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
1231 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
1232 refused due to the enforced limits.
1233
1234 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
1235 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
1236 manages.
1237
1238 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
1239 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
1240 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
1241 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
1242 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
1243 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
1244 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
1245 wher this is now used by default.
1246
1247 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
1248 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
1249
1250 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
1251 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
1252 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
1253 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
1254 update process in a generic way.
1255
1256 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
1257
1258 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
1259 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
1260 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
1261 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
1262 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
1263 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
1264 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
1265 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
1266 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
1267 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
1268 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
1269 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
1270 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
1271 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
1272 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
1273 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
1274 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
1275 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
1276 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
1277 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
1278 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
1279 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
1280 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
1281 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
1282 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
1283 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
1284 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
1285 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
1286 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1287
1288 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
1289
1290 CHANGES WITH 238:
1291
1292 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
1293 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
1294 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
1295 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
1296 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
1297 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
1298 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
1299 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
1300 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
1301 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
1302 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
1303 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
1304 to revert this change.
1305
1306 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
1307 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
1308 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
1309 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
1310 once at the end of the transaction.
1311
1312 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
1313 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
1314 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
1315 scripts.
1316
1317 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
1318 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
1319 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
1320 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
1321 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
1322 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
1323 still allowing local admin overrides.
1324
1325 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
1326 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
1327 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
1328
1329 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
1330 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
1331 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
1332 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
1333 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
1334
1335 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
1336 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
1337 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
1338 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
1339 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
1340 from package installation scripts.
1341
1342 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
1343 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
1344 without the user number ("u username -:456").
1345
1346 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
1347 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
1348
1349 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
1350 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
1351 /sbin/nologin for other users).
1352
1353 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
1354 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
1355 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
1356 --systemd, --user, or --global).
1357
1358 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
1359 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
1360 which are triggered meanwhile).
1361
1362 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
1363 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
1364 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
1365 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
1366 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
1367
1368 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
1369 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
1370 rotated very quickly.
1371
1372 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
1373 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
1374 pending bus messages.
1375
1376 * systemd gained a new
1377 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
1378 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
1379 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
1380 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
1381 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
1382 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
1383 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
1384 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
1385 session scope.
1386
1387 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
1388 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
1389 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
1390 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
1391 the tree to be accessed.
1392
1393 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
1394 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
1395 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
1396
1397 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
1398 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
1399 to keys in the main keyring.
1400
1401 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
1402
1403 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
1404 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
1405
1406 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
1407
1408 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
1409 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
1410 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
1411 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
1412 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
1413 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
1414 explicitly.
1415
1416 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
1417 the colour of "OK" status messages.
1418
1419 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
1420 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
1421 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
1422 be restarted.
1423
1424 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
1425 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
1426
1427 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
1428 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
1429 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
1430 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1431 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1432 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1433 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1434 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1435 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1436 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1437 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1438 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1439 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1440 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1441 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1442 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1443
1444 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1445
1446 CHANGES WITH 237:
1447
1448 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1449 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1450 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1451 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1452
1453 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1454 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1455 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1456 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1457 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1458 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1459 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
1460 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1461 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1462 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
1463
1464 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1465 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1466 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1467 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1468 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1469 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1470 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1471 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1472 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1473 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1474
1475 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1476 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1477 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1478 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1479 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1480 now provides explicit control.
1481
1482 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1483 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
1484 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1485 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1486 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1487 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1488 unit types that already supported transient operation.
1489
1490 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1491 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1492 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1493
1494 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1495 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1496
1497 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1498 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1499 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1500 versions.
1501
1502 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
1503 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
1504 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1505 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1506 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1507 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1508 understands RapidCommit=.
1509
1510 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1511 Delegation.
1512
1513 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1514 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1515 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1516 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1517 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1518 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1519 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1520 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1521 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1522
1523 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1524 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1525 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1526 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1527 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1528 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1529 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1530 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
1531 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
1532 "Disconnected" signals).
1533
1534 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1535 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1536 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1537 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1538 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1539 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1540 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1541 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1542 round-trips are removed.
1543
1544 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1545 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1546 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1547 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1548
1549 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1550 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1551 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1552 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1553 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1554 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1555
1556 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
1557 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
1558 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
1559 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
1560 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
1561 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
1562 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
1563 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
1564 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
1565 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
1566
1567 * sd-event gained a new call pair
1568 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
1569 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
1570 when the event source is destroyed.
1571
1572 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
1573 connections.
1574
1575 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
1576 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
1577 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
1578 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
1579 new transitional flag file has been added: if
1580 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
1581 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
1582
1583 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
1584 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
1585 manager.
1586
1587 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
1588 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
1589 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
1590 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
1591 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
1592
1593 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
1594 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
1595 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
1596 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
1597 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
1598 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
1599
1600 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
1601 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
1602 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
1603 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
1604 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
1605 level/target is given as an argument.
1606
1607 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
1608 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
1609 where UID and GID do not match.
1610
1611 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
1612 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
1613 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
1614 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
1615 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1616 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
1617 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
1618 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
1619 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
1620 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
1621 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
1622 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
1623 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
1624 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
1625 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
1626 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
1627 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
1628 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
1629 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
1630 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
1631 Палаузов
1632
1633 — Brno, 2018-01-28
1634
1635 CHANGES WITH 236:
1636
1637 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
1638 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
1639 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
1640 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
1641
1642 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
1643 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
1644 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
1645 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
1646 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
1647 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
1648 valid specifiers today.)
1649
1650 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
1651 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
1652 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
1653 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
1654 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
1655 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
1656
1657 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
1658 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
1659 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
1660 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
1661
1662 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
1663 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
1664 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
1665 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
1666 services are resolved properly.
1667
1668 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
1669 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
1670 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
1671 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
1672 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
1673 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
1674 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
1675 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
1676 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
1677 and btrfs.
1678
1679 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
1680 DNS server and domain information.
1681
1682 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
1683 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
1684 runtime.
1685
1686 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
1687 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
1688 empty for the first time.
1689
1690 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
1691 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
1692 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
1693 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
1694 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
1695 running in the user session.
1696
1697 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
1698 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
1699 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
1700 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
1701 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
1702 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
1703 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
1704 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
1705 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
1706 user instance).
1707
1708 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
1709 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
1710
1711 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
1712 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
1713 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
1714 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
1715
1716 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
1717 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
1718
1719 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
1720 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
1721 sleep verbs.
1722
1723 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
1724
1725 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
1726 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
1727
1728 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
1729
1730 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
1731 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
1732 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
1733
1734 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
1735 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
1736 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
1737 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
1738 instance.
1739
1740 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
1741 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
1742 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
1743
1744 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
1745 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
1746 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
1747
1748 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
1749
1750 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
1751 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
1752 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
1753 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
1754 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
1755 processes.
1756
1757 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
1758 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
1759 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
1760 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
1761
1762 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
1763 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
1764 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
1765
1766 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
1767 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
1768 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
1769 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
1770 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
1771
1772 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
1773 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
1774
1775 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
1776 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
1777 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
1778 time the specified expression would elapse.
1779
1780 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
1781 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
1782 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
1783 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
1784 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
1785 types, not just services.
1786
1787 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
1788 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
1789 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
1790 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
1791
1792 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
1793 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
1794 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
1795 interface for this purpose.
1796
1797 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
1798 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
1799 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
1800 anyway.
1801
1802 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
1803 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
1804 requirements of systemd.
1805
1806 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
1807 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
1808 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
1809
1810 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
1811 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
1812 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
1813 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
1814
1815 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
1816 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
1817 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
1818 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
1819
1820 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1821 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1822
1823 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1824 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1825 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1826 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1827 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1828 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1829
1830 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1831 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1832 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1833
1834 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1835 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1836 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
1837 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
1838 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1839 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1840 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1841 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1842 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1843 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1844 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1845 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1846 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1847 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1848 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1849 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1850 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1851 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1852 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1853 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1854 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1855 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1856 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1857
1858 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
1859
1860 CHANGES WITH 235:
1861
1862 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1863 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1864 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1865 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
1866 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
1867 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1868 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1869 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1870 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1871 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1872 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1873 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1874 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1875 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1876 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1877 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1878 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1879 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1880 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1881 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1882 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1883 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1884 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1885 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1886 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1887 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1888
1889 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1890 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1891 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1892 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1893 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1894 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1895 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1896 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
1897
1898 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
1899 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1900 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1901 used to change those values.
1902
1903 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1904 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
1905 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1906 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1907 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1908 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
1909
1910 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1911 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1912 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1913 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
1914
1915 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1916 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1917 one top-level directory.
1918
1919 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1920 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1921 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
1922 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
1923 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1924 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1925 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1926 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1927 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1928 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1929 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
1930 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1931 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1932 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1933 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
1934
1935 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1936 Meson-only.
1937
1938 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1939 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1940 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1941 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1942 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1943 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1944 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1945 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1946 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1947 acceptable to us.
1948
1949 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1950 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1951 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1952 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1953 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1954 requested at build time.
1955
1956 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1957 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1958 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1959 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1960 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1961 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1962 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1963 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1964 Type= setting which permits configuring
1965 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1966
1967 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1968 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1969 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1970 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1971 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1972 local frames between bridge ports.
1973
1974 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1975 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1976 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1977
1978 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
1979 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
1980
1981 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
1982 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1983 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
1984 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1985
1986 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1987 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1988 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
1989 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1990 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1991 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1992 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
1993 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1994
1995 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1996 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1997 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1998 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1999 command.)
2000
2001 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
2002 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
2003 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
2004
2005 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
2006 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
2007 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
2008 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
2009
2010 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
2011 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
2012 configured, except for the credentials applied by
2013 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
2014 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
2015 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
2016 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
2017 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
2018 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
2019 on systems where this is not supported.
2020
2021 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
2022 sockets.
2023
2024 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
2025 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
2026 during runtime.
2027
2028 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
2029 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
2030 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
2031
2032 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
2033 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
2034 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
2035
2036 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
2037 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
2038 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
2039 Following this logic, two new special targets
2040 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
2041 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
2042 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
2043
2044 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
2045 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
2046 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
2047 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
2048
2049 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
2050 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
2051 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
2052 --wait".
2053
2054 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
2055 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
2056 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
2057 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
2058 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
2059 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
2060 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
2061 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
2062 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
2063
2064 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
2065 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
2066 containing information about the consumed resources of this
2067 invocation.
2068
2069 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
2070 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
2071 processes.
2072
2073 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
2074 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
2075 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
2076 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
2077 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
2078 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
2079 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
2080 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
2081 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
2082 systems for all five operations.
2083
2084 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
2085 the system.
2086
2087 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
2088 than UTC or the local timezone.
2089
2090 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
2091 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
2092 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
2093 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
2094 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
2095 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
2096 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
2097 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
2098
2099 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
2100 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
2101 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
2102 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
2103 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
2104 again.
2105
2106 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
2107 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
2108 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
2109
2110 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
2111 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
2112 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
2113 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
2114 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
2115 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
2116 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
2117 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
2118 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
2119 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
2120 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
2121 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
2122 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
2123 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
2124 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
2125 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
2126 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
2127 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
2128 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
2129 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2130
2131 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
2132
2133 CHANGES WITH 234:
2134
2135 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
2136 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
2137 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
2138 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
2139 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
2140 summary:
2141
2142 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
2143
2144 becomes:
2145
2146 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
2147
2148 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
2149 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
2150 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
2151 .device units.
2152
2153 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
2154 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
2155 running a systemd user instance.
2156
2157 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
2158 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
2159 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
2160 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
2161 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
2162 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
2163
2164 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
2165
2166 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
2167 (domain search list).
2168
2169 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
2170 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
2171 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
2172 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
2173 implementation of RA.
2174
2175 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
2176 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
2177 ISO date values.
2178
2179 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
2180 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
2181 devices.
2182
2183 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
2184 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
2185 option.
2186
2187 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
2188 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
2189 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
2190 default yet.
2191
2192 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
2193 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
2194 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
2195 SHA256SUMS files.
2196
2197 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
2198 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
2199
2200 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
2201
2202 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
2203
2204 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
2205 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
2206
2207 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
2208 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
2209 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
2210 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
2211
2212 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
2213 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
2214 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
2215 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
2216 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
2217 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
2218 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
2219 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
2220 systemd-logind to be safe. See
2221 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
2222
2223 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
2224 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
2225 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
2226 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
2227 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
2228 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatiblity, a
2229 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
2230 after all the plugins exit.
2231
2232 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
2233 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
2234 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
2235 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
2236 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
2237 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
2238 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
2239 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2240 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
2241 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
2242 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
2243 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
2244 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
2245 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
2246 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
2247 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2248 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
2249 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
2250 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
2251 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
2252 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
2253 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
2254 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
2255 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
2256 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
2257 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
2258 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
2259 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
2260 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
2261 Георгиевски
2262
2263 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
2264
2265 CHANGES WITH 233:
2266
2267 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
2268 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
2269 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
2270 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
2271 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
2272 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
2273 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
2274 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
2275 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
2276
2277 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
2278 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
2279 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
2280 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
2281 default selected on the configure command line
2282 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
2283 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
2284 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
2285 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
2286 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
2287 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
2288 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
2289 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
2290 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
2291 greatest stability and compatibility only.
2292
2293 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
2294 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
2295 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
2296 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
2297 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
2298 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
2299 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
2300 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
2301 further details about this.)
2302
2303 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
2304 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
2305 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
2306
2307 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
2308 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
2309
2310 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
2311 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
2312 with 'make install-tests'.
2313
2314 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
2315 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
2316 kernel.
2317
2318 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
2319 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
2320 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
2321 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
2322 by the Slice= option.
2323
2324 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
2325 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
2326 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
2327 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
2328
2329 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
2330 following choices:
2331
2332 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
2333 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2334 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
2335 (h)elp
2336 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
2337 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2338 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
2339 (y)es, execute the command
2340
2341 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
2342 because its meaning was confusing.
2343
2344 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
2345 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
2346
2347 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
2348 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
2349 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
2350
2351 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
2352 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
2353 state directly, without executing these commands.
2354
2355 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
2356 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
2357 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
2358
2359 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
2360 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
2361 combination with After=) have been started.
2362
2363 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
2364 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
2365 setting, and which system calls they contain.
2366
2367 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
2368 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
2369 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
2370 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
2371 configuration related calls.
2372
2373 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
2374 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
2375 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
2376 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
2377 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
2378 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
2379 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
2380
2381 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
2382 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
2383
2384 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
2385 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
2386 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
2387
2388 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
2389 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
2390
2391 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
2392 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
2393 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
2394 for compatibility.
2395
2396 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
2397 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
2398
2399 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
2400 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
2401
2402 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
2403 support for negative matching.
2404
2405 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
2406
2407 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
2408 permitted runtime of the mount command.
2409
2410 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
2411 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
2412 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
2413 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
2414 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
2415 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
2416 removed from the drive.
2417
2418 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
2419 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
2420
2421 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
2422 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
2423
2424 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
2425 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
2426 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
2427
2428 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
2429 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
2430 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
2431 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
2432 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2433 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2434 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
2435
2436 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2437 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2438 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
2439 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
2440 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2441 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2442
2443 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2444 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2445
2446 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2447 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
2448 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
2449 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
2450 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2451 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2452 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2453 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2454
2455 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2456 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2457 including all control processes.
2458
2459 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2460 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2461 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2462
2463 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2464 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2465 prefixing the source path with "+".
2466
2467 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2468 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2469 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2470 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2471 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2472 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2473 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2474 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2475
2476 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2477 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2478 before).
2479
2480 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2481 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2482 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2483 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2484 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2485 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2486 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2487
2488 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2489 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2490 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2491 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2492 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2493 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2494 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
2495 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
2496 versions.
2497
2498 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
2499 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
2500 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2501 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2502 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2503 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2504 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2505 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2506 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2507 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2508 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2509 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2510 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2511 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2512 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2513 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2514 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2515 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2516 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2517 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2518 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2519
2520 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2521 accelerometer quirks.
2522
2523 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2524 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2525 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2526 ID of each service.
2527
2528 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2529 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2530 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2531 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2532 view.
2533
2534 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2535 environment variables:
2536
2537 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
2538
2539 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2540 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2541 address.
2542
2543 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2544 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2545 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2546
2547 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
2548 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2549 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2550 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2551 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
2552 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
2553 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2554 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
2555 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2556 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
2557 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
2558 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
2559 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
2560
2561 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
2562 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
2563 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
2564
2565 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
2566 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
2567
2568 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
2569 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
2570 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
2571 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
2572 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
2573
2574 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
2575 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
2576 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
2577
2578 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
2579 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
2580
2581 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
2582 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
2583 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
2584 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
2585
2586 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
2587 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
2588 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
2589 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
2590 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
2591 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
2592 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
2593 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
2594 possibly even including full integrity data.
2595
2596 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
2597 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
2598 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
2599 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
2600 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
2601
2602 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
2603 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
2604 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
2605 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
2606 directly with systemd-nspawn.
2607
2608 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
2609 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
2610 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
2611 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
2612
2613 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
2614 of coredumps in reverse order.
2615
2616 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
2617 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
2618 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
2619 additional informational message in its output.
2620
2621 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
2622 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
2623 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
2624
2625 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
2626 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
2627 scripting languages such as Python.
2628
2629 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
2630 namespacing is enabled for them.
2631
2632 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
2633 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
2634 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
2635 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
2636 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
2637 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
2638
2639 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
2640 root key (KSK).
2641
2642 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
2643 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
2644 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
2645
2646 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
2647 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
2648 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
2649 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
2650 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
2651 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
2652 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
2653 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
2654 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
2655 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
2656 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
2657 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
2658 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
2659 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
2660 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
2661 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
2662 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
2663 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
2664 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
2665 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
2666 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
2667 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
2668 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
2669 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
2670 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
2671 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
2672 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
2673 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
2674 Тихонов
2675
2676 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
2677
2678 CHANGES WITH 232:
2679
2680 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
2681 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
2682 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
2683 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
2684 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
2685 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
2686
2687 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
2688 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
2689
2690 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
2691 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
2692 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
2693
2694 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
2695 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
2696 to be remounted read-only for a service.
2697
2698 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
2699 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
2700 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
2701 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
2702
2703 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
2704 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
2705
2706 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
2707 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
2708 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
2709
2710 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
2711 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
2712 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
2713 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
2714 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
2715 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
2716 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
2717 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
2718 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
2719 permanent modifications to the system.
2720
2721 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
2722 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
2723 container or chroot environments.
2724
2725 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
2726 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
2727 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
2728 mapped to nobody.
2729
2730 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
2731 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
2732 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
2733 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
2734
2735 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
2736 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
2737
2738 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
2739 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
2740 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
2741 and the support is provisional.
2742
2743 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
2744 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
2745 unit files in the file system).
2746
2747 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
2748 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
2749 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
2750 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
2751 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
2752 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
2753 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
2754 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
2755 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
2756 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
2757 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
2758 state is fixed automatically.
2759
2760 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
2761 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
2762 option.
2763
2764 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
2765 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
2766 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
2767 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
2768 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
2769 else.
2770
2771 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
2772 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
2773 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
2774 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
2775 bootable on physical systems.
2776
2777 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
2778
2779 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
2780 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
2781 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
2782 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
2783 used.
2784
2785 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
2786 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
2787 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
2788 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
2789
2790 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
2791
2792 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
2793 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
2794 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
2795 of the container).
2796
2797 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
2798 files from the specified location.
2799
2800 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
2801 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
2802 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
2803 be active.
2804
2805 * The hardware database has been extended to support
2806 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
2807 trackball devices.
2808
2809 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
2810 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
2811 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
2812
2813 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
2814 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
2815 specified service binary exited.)
2816
2817 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
2818 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
2819
2820 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
2821 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
2822 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2823 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2824 --since= and --until= options.
2825
2826 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2827 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2828 are automatically propagated to the container.
2829
2830 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
2831 from a single IP address can be limited with
2832 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2833 MaxConnections=.
2834
2835 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2836 configuration.
2837
2838 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2839 drop-ins.
2840
2841 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2842 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2843 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2844 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2845 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2846 [Link] section of .link files.
2847
2848 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2849 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2850 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2851 section of .netdev files.
2852
2853 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
2854 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2855 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2856
2857 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
2858 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2859 .network files.
2860
2861 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2862 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2863 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2864 service runtime cycle.
2865
2866 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
2867 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
2868 has been traditionally doing.
2869
2870 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2871 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2872 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2873 prevent any later plugins from running.
2874
2875 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
2876 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
2877 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2878 default of SplitMode=uid.
2879
2880 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2881 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2882 useful.
2883
2884 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2885 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2886 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2887 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2888 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2889 individual namespaces.
2890
2891 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2892 the output, as well as OS release information.
2893
2894 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2895
2896 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2897 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2898 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2899 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2900 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2901
2902 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
2903 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
2904 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2905 severed.
2906
2907 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2908 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2909 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2910 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2911 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2912 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2913 information about exit statuses and results.
2914
2915 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2916 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2917 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2918 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2919 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2920 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2921
2922 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2923
2924 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2925 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2926 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2927 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2928 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2929 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2930 entirely.
2931
2932 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2933 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2934 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2935
2936 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2937 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2938 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2939 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2940 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2941 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2942 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2943 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2944 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2945 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2946 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2947 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2948 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2949 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2950 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2951 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2952 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2953
2954 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2955 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2956 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2957 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2958
2959 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2960 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2961 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2962 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2963
2964 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2965 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2966 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2967 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2968 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2969 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2970 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2971 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2972 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2973 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2974 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2975 fragment entirely.)
2976
2977 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2978 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2979 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2980
2981 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2982 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2983 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2984 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2985
2986 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2987 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2988 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2989 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2990 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2991 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2992
2993 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2994 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2995
2996 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2997 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2998
2999 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
3000 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
3001 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
3002 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
3003 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
3004
3005 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
3006 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
3007 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
3008 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3009 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
3010 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
3011 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
3012 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
3013 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
3014 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
3015 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
3016 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
3017 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
3018 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
3019 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3020 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
3021 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
3022 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
3023 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
3024 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
3025 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
3026 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
3027 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
3028 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
3029 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3030 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3031
3032 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
3033
3034 CHANGES WITH 231:
3035
3036 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
3037 with an additional special character as first argument of the
3038 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
3039 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
3040 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
3041 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
3042 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
3043 independently.
3044
3045 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
3046 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
3047
3048 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
3049 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
3050 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
3051 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
3052 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
3053 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
3054 values.
3055
3056 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
3057 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
3058 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
3059 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
3060 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
3061
3062 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
3063 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
3064 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
3065 7:10am every day.
3066
3067 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
3068 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
3069 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
3070 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
3071 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
3072 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
3073 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
3074 available for compatibility.
3075
3076 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
3077 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
3078 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
3079 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
3080 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
3081 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
3082
3083 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
3084 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
3085 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
3086 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
3087 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
3088 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
3089 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
3090 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
3091 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
3092
3093 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
3094 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
3095 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
3096 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
3097 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
3098 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
3099 desired options.
3100
3101 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
3102 cgroup v2.
3103
3104 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
3105 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
3106 limited to subgroups of that group.
3107
3108 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
3109 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
3110 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
3111 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
3112 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
3113 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
3114 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
3115 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
3116
3117 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
3118 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
3119 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
3120 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
3121 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
3122 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
3123 own long-running services.
3124
3125 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
3126 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
3127 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
3128 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
3129
3130 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
3131 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
3132 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
3133 propagates this notification further to the service manager
3134 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
3135 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
3136 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
3137 primitives.
3138
3139 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
3140 "terminate".
3141
3142 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
3143 link-local IPv6 addresses.
3144
3145 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
3146 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
3147 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
3148 --flush-caches".
3149
3150 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
3151 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
3152 is shown.
3153
3154 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
3155 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
3156 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
3157 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
3158 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
3159 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
3160
3161 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
3162 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
3163 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
3164 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
3165 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
3166 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
3167 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
3168 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
3169 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
3170 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
3171 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
3172 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
3173 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
3174 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
3175 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
3176 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
3177 bus API instead.
3178
3179 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
3180 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
3181 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
3182 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
3183
3184 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
3185 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
3186 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
3187 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
3188
3189 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
3190 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
3191 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
3192
3193 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
3194 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
3195
3196 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
3197 interface configuration.
3198
3199 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
3200 specifying the --force switch.
3201
3202 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
3203 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
3204 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
3205
3206 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
3207 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
3208 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
3209 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
3210 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
3211 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
3212 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
3213 to be handled.
3214
3215 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
3216 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
3217
3218 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
3219 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
3220
3221 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
3222 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
3223 of persistent symlinks for that device.
3224
3225 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
3226 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
3227
3228 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
3229 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
3230 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
3231 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
3232 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
3233 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
3234 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
3235 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
3236 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
3237 library.
3238
3239 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
3240 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
3241 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
3242 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
3243 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
3244 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
3245 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
3246 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
3247 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
3248 doc/HACKING for details.
3249
3250 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
3251 distribution's bugtracker.
3252
3253 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
3254 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
3255 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
3256 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
3257 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
3258 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
3259 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
3260 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
3261 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
3262 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
3263 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
3264 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
3265 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
3266 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
3267 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
3268 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
3269 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
3270 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
3271 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3272
3273 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
3274
3275 CHANGES WITH 230:
3276
3277 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
3278 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
3279 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
3280 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
3281 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
3282 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
3283 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
3284 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
3285 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
3286 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
3287 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
3288 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
3289 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
3290 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
3291 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
3292 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
3293 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
3294 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
3295 applications.)
3296
3297 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
3298 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
3299 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
3300
3301 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
3302 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
3303 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
3304 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
3305 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
3306 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
3307 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
3308
3309 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
3310 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
3311 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
3312 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
3313 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
3314 command works for tmux.
3315
3316 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
3317 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
3318 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
3319 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
3320 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
3321 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
3322
3323 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
3324 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
3325
3326 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
3327 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
3328 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
3329
3330 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
3331
3332 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
3333 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
3334 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
3335 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
3336 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
3337
3338 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
3339 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
3340 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
3341 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
3342
3343 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
3344 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
3345 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
3346 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
3347 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
3348 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
3349
3350 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
3351 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
3352 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
3353
3354 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
3355 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
3356 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
3357 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
3358 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
3359 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
3360
3361 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
3362 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
3363 address.
3364
3365 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
3366 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
3367 should be emitted.
3368
3369 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
3370 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
3371 supported.
3372
3373 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
3374 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
3375 logging performance.
3376
3377 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3378 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
3379 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
3380 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
3381 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
3382 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
3383
3384 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
3385 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
3386 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
3387 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
3388
3389 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
3390 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
3391
3392 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
3393 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
3394 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
3395
3396 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
3397
3398 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
3399 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
3400 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
3401 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
3402
3403 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
3404 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
3405 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
3406 refuse to operate on such files.
3407
3408 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
3409 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
3410 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
3411
3412 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
3413 just hidden container images.
3414
3415 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
3416 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
3417
3418 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
3419 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
3420 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
3421 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
3422 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
3423 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
3424 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
3425 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
3426 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
3427 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
3428 been changed to use this functionality by default.
3429
3430 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
3431 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
3432 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3433 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3434 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3435 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3436 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3437 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3438 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3439 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3440 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3441 terminates.
3442
3443 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
3444 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3445 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3446 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3447
3448 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
3449 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3450 rate of the socket unit.
3451
3452 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3453 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3454 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3455 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3456 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3457
3458 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3459 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3460 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
3461 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
3462 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3463 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3464 with this.
3465
3466 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3467 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
3468
3469 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3470 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3471
3472 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3473 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3474 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3475 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3476 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3477
3478 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3479 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3480 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3481
3482 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3483 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3484 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3485 target is now included in early userspace.
3486
3487 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3488 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3489 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3490 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3491 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3492 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3493 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3494 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
3495 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3496 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
3497 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3498 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3499 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
3500 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3501 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3502 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
3503 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3504 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3505 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3506 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3507 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3508 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
3509 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3510 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3511 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3512 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3513
3514 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
3515
3516 CHANGES WITH 229:
3517
3518 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3519 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3520 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
3521 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3522 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3523 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3524 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3525 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3526 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3527 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3528 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3529 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3530 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
3531
3532 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
3533 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3534 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3535 /usr/bin.
3536
3537 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3538 devices.
3539
3540 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3541 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3542 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3543 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3544 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3545 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3546 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3547 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3548 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3549 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3550 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3551 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3552 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3553 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3554 this limit.
3555
3556 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
3557 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
3558 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
3559 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
3560 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
3561 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
3562 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
3563 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
3564
3565 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
3566 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
3567 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
3568 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
3569 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
3570 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
3571 and group at package installation time.
3572
3573 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
3574 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
3575 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
3576 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
3577 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
3578
3579 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
3580 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
3581 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
3582 supports it.
3583
3584 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
3585 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
3586
3587 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
3588 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
3589 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
3590 file is already initialized.
3591
3592 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
3593 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
3594 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
3595 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
3596 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
3597 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
3598 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
3599 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
3600 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
3601
3602 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
3603 working directory for the process started in the container.
3604
3605 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
3606 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
3607 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
3608 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
3609 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
3610
3611 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3612 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
3613 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
3614
3615 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
3616 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
3617 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
3618 sd_journal_restart_fields().
3619
3620 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
3621 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
3622 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
3623 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
3624 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
3625
3626 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
3627 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
3628 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
3629 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
3630
3631 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
3632 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
3633 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
3634 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
3635 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
3636 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
3637 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
3638 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
3639 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
3640 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
3641 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
3642 by PID 1.
3643
3644 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
3645 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
3646 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
3647 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
3648 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
3649 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
3650 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
3651 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
3652
3653 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
3654
3655 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
3656 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
3657 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
3658
3659 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
3660 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
3661 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
3662 recent kernels.
3663
3664 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
3665 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
3666
3667 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
3668 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
3669 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
3670 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
3671 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
3672 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
3673 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
3674 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
3675 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
3676 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
3677 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
3678 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
3679 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
3680
3681 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
3682 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
3683 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
3684 clusters or larger setups.
3685
3686 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
3687
3688 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
3689 sockets.
3690
3691 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
3692
3693 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
3694 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
3695 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
3696 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
3697 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
3698 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
3699
3700 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
3701 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
3702 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
3703
3704 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
3705 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
3706 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
3707 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
3708
3709 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
3710
3711 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
3712 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
3713 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
3714 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
3715 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
3716 maintain compatibility.
3717
3718 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
3719 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
3720 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
3721 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
3722 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
3723 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
3724 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
3725 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
3726 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
3727 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
3728 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
3729 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3730 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
3731 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
3732 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
3733 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
3734 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3735 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
3736 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3737
3738 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
3739
3740 CHANGES WITH 228:
3741
3742 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
3743 files are now also available as properties to set when
3744 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
3745 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
3746 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
3747 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
3748 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
3749 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
3750 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
3751
3752 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
3753 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
3754 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
3755
3756 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
3757 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
3758 created transiently.
3759
3760 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
3761 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
3762 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
3763 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
3764 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
3765 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
3766 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
3767 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
3768
3769 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
3770 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
3771 disk and sync the files, before returning.
3772
3773 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
3774 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
3775 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
3776 enabled.
3777
3778 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
3779 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
3780 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
3781 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
3782 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
3783 subvolumes.
3784
3785 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
3786 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
3787
3788 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
3789 individual indexes.
3790
3791 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
3792 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
3793 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
3794 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
3795 suffixes now.
3796
3797 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
3798 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
3799 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
3800 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
3801 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
3802 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
3803 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
3804 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
3805 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
3806 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
3807 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
3808 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
3809 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
3810 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
3811 number of processes or tasks each user may own
3812 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
3813 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
3814 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
3815 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
3816 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
3817 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
3818
3819 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
3820 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
3821 links between the host and the container.
3822
3823 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3824 added that allows importing select environment variables
3825 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3826 the service.
3827
3828 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
3829 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
3830 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3831 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3832 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3833 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3834 than until they first elapse.
3835
3836 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
3837 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3838 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
3839 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3840 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3841 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3842 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3843 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
3844
3845 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3846 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3847 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3848 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3849 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3850 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3851 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
3852 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
3853 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3854 journal and in coredump handling.
3855
3856 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3857 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3858 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
3859 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
3860 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3861 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3862 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3863 software you package still references it, as this is a
3864 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3865 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3866
3867 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
3868
3869 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3870 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3871
3872 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3873 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3874 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3875
3876 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3877 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3878 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3879 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3880 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3881 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3882 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3883 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3884 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3885 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3886 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3887 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3888 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3889 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3890 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3891 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3892
3893 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3894 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3895 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3896 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3897 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3898 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3899 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3900 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3901 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3902 surprises.
3903
3904 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3905 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3906 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3907 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3908 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3909 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3910 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3911 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3912 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3913 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3914 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
3915 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
3916 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3917 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3918 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3919 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3920 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3921 of PID 1 is the root user).
3922
3923 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3924 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3925 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3926 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3927 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3928 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3929 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3930 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3931 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3932 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3933 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3934 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3935 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3936 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3937 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3938
3939 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
3940
3941 CHANGES WITH 227:
3942
3943 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3944 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3945 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3946
3947 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3948 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3949 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3950 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3951 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3952 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3953
3954 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3955 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
3956 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3957 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
3958 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
3959
3960 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
3961 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3962 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3963 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3964 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3965 packets on unestablished sockets.
3966
3967 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
3968 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
3969 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3970 automatically.
3971
3972 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3973 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3974 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3975
3976 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3977 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3978 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3979 for disk IO.
3980
3981 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3982 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3983 removed.
3984
3985 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3986 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3987 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3988 configured in User=.
3989
3990 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3991 directory of the selected user by default.
3992
3993 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
3994 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3995 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3996 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3997 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3998 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3999 compat reasons.
4000
4001 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
4002 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
4003 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
4004 units.
4005
4006 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
4007 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
4008 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
4009 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
4010 level.
4011
4012 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
4013 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
4014 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
4015 namespaces work correctly.
4016
4017 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
4018 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
4019 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
4020 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
4021 activation.
4022
4023 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
4024 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
4025 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
4026 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
4027 system instance in a container.
4028
4029 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
4030 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
4031 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
4032 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
4033 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
4034 connections.
4035
4036 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
4037 show the control groups within a certain container only.
4038
4039 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
4040 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
4041 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
4042 processes attached, or similar.
4043
4044 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
4045 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
4046 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
4047
4048 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
4049 specifiers like %i or %f.
4050
4051 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
4052 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
4053 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
4054 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
4055
4056 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
4057 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
4058 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
4059 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
4060 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
4061 descriptors using sd_notify().
4062
4063 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
4064
4065 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
4066 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
4067
4068 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
4069 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
4070
4071 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
4072 .network files.
4073
4074 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
4075 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
4076 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
4077 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
4078 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
4079 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
4080 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
4081 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
4082 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
4083 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
4084 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
4085 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
4086 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
4087 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
4088 gdm-autologin is used.
4089
4090 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
4091 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
4092 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
4093 next to the image file.
4094
4095 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
4096 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
4097 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
4098 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
4099
4100 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
4101 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
4102 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
4103 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
4104 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
4105 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
4106
4107 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
4108 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
4109 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
4110 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
4111 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
4112 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
4113 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
4114 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
4115 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
4116 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
4117 number of files in place.
4118
4119 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
4120 on kernels where that is supported.
4121
4122 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
4123
4124 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
4125 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
4126 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
4127 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4128 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
4129 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
4130 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
4131 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
4132 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
4133 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
4134 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4135 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4136 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
4137 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
4138 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
4139 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4140 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
4141 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
4142
4143 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
4144
4145 CHANGES WITH 226:
4146
4147 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
4148 new features:
4149
4150 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
4151 information. It may be enabled and configured via
4152 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
4153 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
4154 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
4155 is any) is propagated.
4156
4157 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
4158 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
4159 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
4160 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
4161 information is enabled between host and containers by
4162 default now: the container will change its local timezone
4163 to what the host has set.
4164
4165 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
4166 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
4167
4168 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
4169 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
4170 information back, even if the server loses state.
4171
4172 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
4173 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
4174 PoolSize=.
4175
4176 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
4177 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
4178 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
4179 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
4180
4181 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
4182 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
4183 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
4184 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
4185 'dbus-daemon' systems.
4186
4187 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
4188 for virtio devices.
4189
4190 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
4191 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
4192 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
4193 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
4194 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
4195 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
4196 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
4197 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
4198 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
4199 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
4200 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
4201 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
4202 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
4203 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
4204 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
4205 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
4206 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
4207 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
4208 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
4209 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
4210 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
4211 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
4212 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
4213 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
4214 grants them.
4215
4216 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
4217 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
4218 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
4219 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
4220 group tree.
4221
4222 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
4223 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
4224 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
4225 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
4226 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
4227 work correctly in containers now.
4228
4229 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
4230 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
4231
4232 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
4233 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
4234 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
4235 function call is particularly useful when implementing
4236 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
4237
4238 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
4239 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
4240 signal events.
4241
4242 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
4243 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
4244 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
4245 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
4246
4247 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
4248 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
4249 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
4250 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
4251 nspawn command line.
4252
4253 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
4254 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
4255 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
4256 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
4257 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
4258 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
4259 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4260 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
4261
4262 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
4263
4264 CHANGES WITH 225:
4265
4266 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
4267 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
4268 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
4269 shell directly without prompting for username or
4270 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
4271 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
4272 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
4273 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
4274 the originating session.
4275
4276 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
4277 options and allows other programs to query the values.
4278
4279 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
4280 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
4281 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
4282 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
4283 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
4284 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
4285 probably not stabilize on this release.
4286
4287 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
4288 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
4289 messages.
4290
4291 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
4292 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
4293 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
4294
4295 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
4296 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
4297
4298 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
4299 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
4300 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
4301 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
4302 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
4303 posteriori.
4304
4305 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
4306 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
4307
4308 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
4309 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
4310 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
4311 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
4312 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
4313 "lastlog" tools.
4314
4315 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
4316 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
4317 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
4318 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
4319 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
4320
4321 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
4322 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
4323 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
4324 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4325 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
4326 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
4327 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
4328 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
4329 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
4330 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
4331 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
4332 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4333
4334 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
4335
4336 CHANGES WITH 224:
4337
4338 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
4339 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
4340
4341 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
4342 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
4343 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
4344
4345 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
4346 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4347 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
4348
4349 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
4350
4351 CHANGES WITH 223:
4352
4353 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
4354 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
4355 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
4356 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4357
4358 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
4359 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
4360
4361 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
4362 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
4363
4364 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
4365
4366 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
4367 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
4368 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
4369
4370 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
4371 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
4372 decapsulated packet.
4373
4374 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
4375 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
4376 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
4377 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
4378 netlink attribute.
4379
4380 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
4381 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
4382 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
4383 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
4384
4385 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
4386 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
4387 according to RFC2460.
4388
4389 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
4390 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
4391
4392 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
4393 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
4394 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
4395
4396 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
4397 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
4398 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
4399 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
4400 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
4401 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
4402
4403 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
4404 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4405 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
4406 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4407 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4408 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
4409 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
4410 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
4411 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
4412 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4413
4414 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
4415
4416 CHANGES WITH 222:
4417
4418 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
4419 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
4420 or should be used to work around such bugs.
4421
4422 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
4423 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
4424
4425 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
4426 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
4427 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
4428 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
4429 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
4430
4431 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
4432 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4433 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4434
4435 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4436 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4437 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4438 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4439 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4440
4441 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4442
4443 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4444 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4445 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4446 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
4447 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4448 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4449 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4450 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
4451 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4452 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4453
4454 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
4455
4456 CHANGES WITH 221:
4457
4458 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
4459 stable and have been added to the official interface of
4460 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4461 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4462 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4463 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4464 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
4465 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
4466 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4467 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
4468 portable to other kernels.
4469
4470 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4471 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4472 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
4473 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
4474 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4475 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4476 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4477 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
4478 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
4479 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4480 systemd enabled.
4481
4482 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4483 2.26.
4484
4485 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
4486 favor of calling an abstraction tool
4487 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4488 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4489 in README for details.
4490
4491 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4492 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4493 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4494 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4495 unit.
4496
4497 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4498 into man pages.
4499
4500 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4501 external project.
4502
4503 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
4504 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
4505
4506 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4507 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4508 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4509 state.
4510
4511 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4512 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4513 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4514
4515 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4516 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4517 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4518 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4519 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4520 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4521 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4522 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4523 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4524 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4525 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
4526 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4527 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4528 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4529 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4530 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4531
4532 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
4533
4534 CHANGES WITH 220:
4535
4536 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4537 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4538 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4539 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4540 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4541 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4542 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
4543 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
4544
4545 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4546 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4547 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4548 service consumed). This value is only available if
4549 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4550 in the "systemctl status" output.
4551
4552 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4553 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
4554 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
4555 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4556 previously was already the default behaviour).
4557
4558 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
4559 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
4560 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
4561
4562 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
4563 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
4564 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
4565 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
4566
4567 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
4568 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
4569 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
4570 journalling file systems that support external journal
4571 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
4572 systems to be mounted.
4573
4574 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
4575 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
4576 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
4577 stable release this should not be problematic.
4578
4579 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
4580 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
4581 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
4582 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
4583 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
4584
4585 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
4586 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
4587 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
4588 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
4589 network switches.
4590
4591 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
4592 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
4593
4594 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
4595 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
4596 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
4597
4598 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
4599
4600 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
4601 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
4602 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
4603 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
4604 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
4605 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
4606 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
4607 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
4608 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
4609 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
4610 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
4611 been fixed in v220.
4612
4613 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
4614 systemd-networkd.
4615
4616 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
4617 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
4618 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
4619 containers started from the command line.
4620
4621 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
4622 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
4623
4624 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
4625 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
4626 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
4627 indirection via a pseudo tty.
4628
4629 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
4630 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
4631 when shutting down.
4632
4633 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
4634 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
4635 overlayfs support.
4636
4637 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
4638 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
4639 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
4640 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
4641 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
4642 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
4643 images are imported via systemd-importd.
4644
4645 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
4646 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
4647 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
4648
4649 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
4650 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
4651 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
4652 of v1 as before).
4653
4654 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
4655 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
4656
4657 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
4658 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
4659 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
4660 without further privileges or authorization.
4661
4662 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
4663 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
4664 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
4665 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
4666 accessible via a bus interface.
4667
4668 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
4669 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
4670 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
4671 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
4672 to cover this functionality.
4673
4674 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
4675 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
4676 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
4677 disabled/masked also stopped.
4678
4679 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
4680 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
4681 updated to support systemd-boot.
4682
4683 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
4684 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
4685 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
4686 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
4687 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
4688 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
4689 like this and can extract OS release information from them
4690 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
4691 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
4692
4693 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
4694 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
4695 system.
4696
4697 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
4698 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
4699 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
4700 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
4701 device symlinks.
4702
4703 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
4704 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
4705 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
4706 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
4707
4708 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
4709 stick devices has been added.
4710
4711 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
4712 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
4713
4714 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
4715 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
4716 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
4717 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
4718 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
4719
4720 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
4721 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
4722 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
4723
4724 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
4725 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
4726 Debian.
4727
4728 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
4729 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
4730 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
4731
4732 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
4733 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
4734 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
4735 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
4736 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
4737 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4738 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
4739 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4740 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
4741 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
4742 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4743 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
4744 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
4745 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
4746 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
4747 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
4748 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
4749 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
4750 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
4751 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
4752 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
4753 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
4754 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
4755 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
4756 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
4757 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
4758 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4759
4760 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
4761
4762 CHANGES WITH 219:
4763
4764 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
4765 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
4766 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
4767 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
4768 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
4769 interface with and update the database.
4770
4771 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
4772 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
4773 before bytewise copying is done.
4774
4775 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
4776 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
4777 directory, and immediately removed when the container
4778 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
4779 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
4780 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
4781 for starting a container off the root file system of the
4782 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
4783 available on btrfs file systems.
4784
4785 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
4786 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
4787 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
4788 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
4789 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
4790 systems.
4791
4792 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
4793 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
4794 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
4795 mount point remains.
4796
4797 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
4798 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
4799 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
4800 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
4801 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
4802 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
4803 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
4804 are disabled.
4805
4806 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
4807 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
4808 container to the host or vice versa.
4809
4810 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
4811 mount host directories into local containers. This is
4812 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
4813
4814 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
4815 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
4816
4817 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
4818 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
4819 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
4820 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
4821 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4822 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4823 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4824 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4825 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
4826 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
4827 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4828 make the functionality of importd available to the
4829 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4830 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4831 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4832 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4833 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4834 only fully supported on btrfs.
4835
4836 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4837 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4838 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4839 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4840 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4841 information about images.
4842
4843 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4844 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
4845 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
4846 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4847 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4848 legacy file systems).
4849
4850 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4851 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4852 shown in networkctl output.
4853
4854 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4855 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4856 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4857 processes as system services while interactively
4858 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4859 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4860 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4861 full login session, the difference being that the former
4862 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4863 setup.
4864
4865 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4866 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4867 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4868 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4869 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4870
4871 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4872 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4873 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4874 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4875 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4876 via qemu/kvm.
4877
4878 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4879 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4880 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4881 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4882 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4883 disk images, too.
4884
4885 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4886 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4887 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4888 integrate with that.
4889
4890 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4891 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4892 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4893 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4894
4895 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4896 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4897 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4898
4899 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4900 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4901 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4902 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4903 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4904 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4905 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4906 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4907 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4908 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4909
4910 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4911 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4912 files.
4913
4914 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4915 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
4916 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
4917 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
4918 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4919 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4920 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4921 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4922 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4923 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4924 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4925 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4926 explicitly turned on.
4927
4928 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4929 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4930 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4931 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4932
4933 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4934 supported.
4935
4936 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4937 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4938 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4939 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4940 associated with a virtual machine or container
4941 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4942 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4943 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4944 output however.)
4945
4946 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4947 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4948 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4949 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4950 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4951 caller's session/user.
4952
4953 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4954 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4955 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4956 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4957 user services.
4958
4959 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4960 same way as unit files.
4961
4962 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4963 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4964 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4965 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4966 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4967 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4968 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4969 the host.
4970
4971 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4972 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4973 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4974 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4975 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4976 host.
4977
4978 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
4979 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4980 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4981 updated to make use of it too by default.
4982
4983 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4984 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4985 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4986 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4987
4988 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4989 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4990 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4991 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4992 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4993 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4994 modification.
4995
4996 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4997 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4998 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
4999 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
5000 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
5001 information about Touchpad types.
5002
5003 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
5004 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
5005
5006 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
5007 Policy link field.
5008
5009 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
5010 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
5011
5012 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
5013 ACLs on files.
5014
5015 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
5016 tmpfs, automatically.
5017
5018 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
5019 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
5020 status" output, if available.
5021
5022 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
5023 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
5024 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
5025 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
5026 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
5027 run on next reboot.
5028
5029 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
5030 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
5031 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
5032 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
5033 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
5034 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
5035 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
5036
5037 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
5038 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
5039 after a configurable timeout.
5040
5041 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
5042 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
5043 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
5044 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
5045 it non-idle.
5046
5047 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
5048 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
5049
5050 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
5051 each .network interface in networkd.
5052
5053 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
5054 in .network files.
5055
5056 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
5057 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
5058
5059 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
5060 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
5061 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
5062 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
5063 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
5064 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
5065 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
5066 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
5067 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
5068 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
5069 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
5070 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5071 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
5072 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
5073 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
5074 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
5075 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
5076 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
5077 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
5078 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5079 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
5080 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
5081 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
5082 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5083
5084 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
5085
5086 CHANGES WITH 218:
5087
5088 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
5089 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
5090 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
5091 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
5092
5093 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
5094 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
5095 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
5096 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
5097 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
5098
5099 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
5100
5101 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
5102 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
5103 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
5104 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
5105 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
5106 modified configuration after editing.
5107
5108 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
5109 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
5110 system preset files.
5111
5112 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
5113 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
5114 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
5115 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
5116 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
5117 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
5118 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
5119 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
5120 other contexts.
5121
5122 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
5123 inhibitors.
5124
5125 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
5126 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
5127 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
5128 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
5129 managers.
5130
5131 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
5132 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
5133 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
5134 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
5135 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
5136 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
5137 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
5138 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
5139 parallel to journald.
5140
5141 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
5142 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
5143 available.
5144
5145 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
5146 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
5147 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
5148 or are not older than the specified time.
5149
5150 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
5151 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
5152 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
5153 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
5154
5155 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
5156 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
5157 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
5158 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
5159 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
5160 communication.
5161
5162 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
5163 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
5164 services.
5165
5166 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
5167 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
5168 including their signature and values. This is particularly
5169 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
5170 the new "busctl tree" command.
5171
5172 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
5173 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
5174 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
5175 friendly way.
5176
5177 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
5178 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
5179 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
5180 race-ful way.
5181
5182 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
5183 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
5184 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
5185 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
5186 --link-journal=try-guest.
5187
5188 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
5189 stable MAC addresses.
5190
5191 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
5192 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
5193 the respective unit shall use.
5194
5195 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
5196 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
5197 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
5198 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
5199
5200 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
5201 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
5202 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
5203 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
5204 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
5205 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
5206
5207 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
5208 details see:
5209
5210 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
5211
5212 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
5213 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
5214 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
5215 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
5216 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
5217 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
5218 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
5219 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
5220 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
5221 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
5222 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
5223 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
5224
5225 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
5226 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
5227 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
5228 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
5229 bluetooth, ...) is used.
5230
5231 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
5232 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
5233 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
5234 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
5235 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
5236 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
5237 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
5238 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
5239
5240 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
5241 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
5242 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
5243 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
5244 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
5245 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
5246 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
5247 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
5248 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
5249 interface.
5250
5251 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
5252 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
5253 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
5254 luks.name= argument.
5255
5256 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
5257 (this was previously already available for scope and service
5258 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
5259 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
5260 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
5261 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
5262
5263 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
5264 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
5265 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
5266
5267 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
5268 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
5269 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5270 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
5271 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
5272 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
5273 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
5274 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5275 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
5276 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
5277 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
5278 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
5279 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
5280 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
5281 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
5282 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5283 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
5284 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5285
5286 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
5287
5288 CHANGES WITH 217:
5289
5290 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
5291 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
5292 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
5293 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
5294
5295 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
5296 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
5297 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
5298 now waits until the operation is complete.
5299
5300 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
5301 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
5302 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
5303 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
5304 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
5305 connection.
5306
5307 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
5308 commands anymore.
5309
5310 * User units are now loaded also from
5311 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
5312 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
5313 supported, but is under the control of the user.
5314
5315 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
5316 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
5317 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
5318 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
5319 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
5320 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
5321 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
5322 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
5323 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
5324 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
5325 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
5326 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
5327 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
5328 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
5329 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
5330 question.
5331
5332 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
5333 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
5334 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
5335
5336 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
5337 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
5338 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
5339 command line to trigger resume.
5340
5341 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
5342 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
5343 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
5344 Desktop=systemd-console.
5345
5346 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
5347 systemd-networkd.
5348
5349 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
5350 from the information provided by the networking stack
5351 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
5352
5353 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
5354 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
5355
5356 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
5357 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
5358 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
5359
5360 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
5361
5362 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
5363 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
5364 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
5365 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
5366 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
5367 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
5368
5369 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
5370 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
5371 respected.
5372
5373 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
5374 virtualization.
5375
5376 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
5377 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
5378 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
5379 on.
5380
5381 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
5382
5383 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
5384
5385 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
5386 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
5387 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
5388 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
5389 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
5390 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
5391 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
5392
5393 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
5394 available for service units, that allows locking all service
5395 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
5396 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
5397 from the service's view entirely.
5398
5399 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
5400 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
5401
5402 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
5403 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
5404 session.
5405
5406 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
5407 legacy-free systems.
5408
5409 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
5410 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
5411 easily.
5412
5413 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
5414 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
5415 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
5416 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
5417 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
5418 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
5419 option.
5420
5421 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
5422 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
5423 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
5424 /usr.
5425
5426 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
5427 services, not only the main process.
5428
5429 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
5430 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
5431 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
5432 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5433 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5434
5435 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5436 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5437 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5438 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5439 directly from now on, again.
5440
5441 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
5442 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5443 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5444 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5445 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5446 enabling and disabling.
5447
5448 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5449 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5450 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5451 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5452 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5453 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5454 unnecessary or unlikely.
5455
5456 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5457 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
5458 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
5459 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5460
5461 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5462 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5463 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5464 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5465 overwritten at runtime.
5466
5467 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5468 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5469 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5470 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5471 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5472 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5473 segmentation fault.
5474
5475 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5476 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5477 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5478 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5479 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5480 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5481 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5482 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5483 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5484 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5485 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5486 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5487 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5488 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5489 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5490 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5491 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5492 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5493 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5494 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5495 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
5496 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5497
5498 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
5499
5500 CHANGES WITH 216:
5501
5502 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
5503 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
5504 implementations should add a
5505
5506 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
5507
5508 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5509 default functionality.
5510
5511 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5512 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5513 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5514 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5515 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5516 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5517 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5518 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5519 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5520 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5521 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5522 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5523 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5524
5525 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5526 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5527 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5528 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5529 added eventually, too.
5530
5531 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5532 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5533 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5534 new command to update these fields.
5535
5536 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5537 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5538 have been discovered via DHCP.
5539
5540 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5541 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
5542 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5543 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
5544 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5545 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5546 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5547 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5548 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
5549 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5550 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5551 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
5552 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
5553 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5554 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5555 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5556 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
5557 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
5558 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
5559 implementation to systemd-resolved.
5560
5561 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
5562 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
5563 containers to their respective IP addresses.
5564
5565 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
5566 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
5567 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5568 and present it to the user in a very friendly
5569 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
5570 control utility for networkd.
5571
5572 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
5573 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
5574 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
5575 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
5576 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
5577 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
5578 (NoDelay=).
5579
5580 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
5581 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
5582
5583 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
5584 be started only after time-sync.target has been
5585 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
5586 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
5587 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
5588 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
5589
5590 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
5591 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
5592 of the link.
5593
5594 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
5595 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
5596
5597 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
5598 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
5599
5600 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
5601 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
5602 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
5603 for DHCP.
5604
5605 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
5606 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
5607 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
5608 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
5609 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
5610 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
5611 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
5612 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
5613
5614 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
5615 validation of unit files.
5616
5617 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
5618 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
5619 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
5620 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
5621 address may now be configured.
5622
5623 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
5624 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
5625 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
5626 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
5627
5628 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
5629 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
5630
5631 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
5632 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
5633 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
5634 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
5635
5636 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
5637 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
5638 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
5639 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
5640 implementation.
5641
5642 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
5643 journal data to a remote system running
5644 systemd-journal-remote.
5645
5646 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
5647 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
5648 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
5649 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
5650 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5651 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
5652 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
5653 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
5654 version, you have to turn this option on again
5655 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
5656
5657 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
5658 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
5659 better than XZ which was the previous default.
5660
5661 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
5662 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
5663
5664 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
5665 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
5666
5667 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
5668 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
5669 "systemctl status" output for a service.
5670
5671 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
5672 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
5673 hostname, root password) interactively on first
5674 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
5675 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
5676
5677 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
5678
5679 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
5680
5681 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
5682 when primary addresses are removed.
5683
5684 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
5685 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
5686 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
5687 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
5688 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
5689 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
5690 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5691 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5692 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
5693 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
5694 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
5695 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
5696 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
5697 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
5698 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5699
5700 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
5701
5702 CHANGES WITH 215:
5703
5704 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
5705 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
5706 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
5707 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
5708 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
5709 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
5710 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
5711 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
5712 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
5713 require.
5714
5715 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
5716 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
5717
5718 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
5719 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
5720 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
5721 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
5722 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
5723 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
5724 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
5725
5726 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
5727 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
5728 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
5729 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
5730 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
5731 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
5732 update or reset should use this condition and order
5733 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
5734 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
5735 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
5736 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
5737 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
5738 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
5739 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
5740 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
5741 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
5742
5743 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
5744
5745 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
5746 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
5747 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
5748 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
5749
5750 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
5751 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
5752 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
5753 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
5754 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
5755 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
5756 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
5757 .network files using settings of this section should be
5758 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
5759 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
5760
5761 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
5762 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
5763
5764 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
5765 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
5766 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
5767 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
5768 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
5769 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
5770 of nspawn instances.
5771
5772 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
5773 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
5774 added.
5775
5776 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
5777 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
5778 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
5779 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
5780 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
5781 configuration stored in /etc.
5782
5783 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
5784 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
5785 parsing of unknown mount options.
5786
5787 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
5788 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
5789 it already exist and not already be the correct
5790 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
5791 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
5792 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
5793 pre-existing files of different types.
5794
5795 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
5796 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
5797 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
5798 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
5799 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
5800 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
5801 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
5802
5803 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
5804 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
5805 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
5806 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
5807 shall be executed.
5808
5809 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
5810 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
5811 example whether it is fully up and running.
5812
5813 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
5814 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
5815 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
5816 reset.
5817
5818 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
5819 most basic services systemd ships by default.
5820
5821 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5822 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5823 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5824
5825 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5826 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5827 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5828
5829 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5830 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5831 access to this group.
5832
5833 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5834 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5835 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5836 to the journal.
5837
5838 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5839 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5840 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5841 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5842 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5843 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5844
5845 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5846 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5847 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5848 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5849 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5850 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5851 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5852 the old name to the new name.
5853
5854 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
5855 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
5856 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5857
5858 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5859 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5860 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5861 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5862 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5863 "systemd-debug-generator".
5864
5865 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5866 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5867 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5868 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5869 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5870 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5871 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
5872 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5873 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
5874 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5875 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5876
5877 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5878 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5879 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
5880 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5881 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5882 machine and user.
5883
5884 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5885 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5886 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5887 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5888 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5889
5890 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5891 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5892 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5893 couple of drop-in directories.
5894
5895 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5896 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5897 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5898 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5899 for dev_port.
5900
5901 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5902 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5903 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5904 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5905
5906 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5907 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5908 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5909 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5910 Restart= setting.
5911
5912 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5913 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5914 directly connect to a specific container on the
5915 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5916 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5917 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5918 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5919 containers is a privileged operation.
5920
5921 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5922 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5923 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5924 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5925 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5926 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5927 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5928 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5929 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5930 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5931 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5932 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5933
5934 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
5935
5936 CHANGES WITH 214:
5937
5938 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5939 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5940 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5941 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5942 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5943 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5944 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5945 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5946 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
5947 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
5948 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
5949 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
5950 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
5951 devices are excluded from this logic.
5952
5953 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5954 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5955 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5956 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5957 change has been released.
5958
5959 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
5960 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
5961 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5962
5963 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
5964 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5965 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
5966 with fewer privileges.
5967
5968 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5969 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5970 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5971 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5972
5973 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
5974 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5975
5976 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
5977 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5978
5979 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
5980 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
5981 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5982
5983 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5984 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
5985 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
5986 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5987 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
5988 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
5989
5990 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
5991 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5992 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
5993
5994 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
5995 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
5996 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5997 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5998 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5999 modifications of user data or system files from
6000 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
6001 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
6002
6003 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
6004 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
6005 and FIFOs in the file system.
6006
6007 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
6008 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
6009 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
6010
6011 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
6012 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
6013 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
6014 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
6015 the socket itself.
6016
6017 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
6018 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
6019 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
6020 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
6021 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
6022 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
6023 symlinks, and nothing else.
6024
6025 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
6026 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
6027 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
6028 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
6029 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
6030 process (for example, the parent process). The
6031 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
6032 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
6033 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
6034 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
6035 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
6036 messages to services when the originating process already
6037 vanished.
6038
6039 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
6040 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
6041 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
6042 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
6043 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
6044 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
6045 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
6046 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
6047 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
6048 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
6049 all long-running services.
6050
6051 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
6052 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
6053 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
6054 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
6055 service.
6056
6057 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
6058 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
6059 applied to all submounts, too.
6060
6061 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
6062
6063 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
6064 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
6065 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
6066 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
6067 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
6068 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
6069 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
6070
6071 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
6072 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
6073 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
6074 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
6075 (domU) domains.
6076
6077 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
6078 files or entire directories.
6079
6080 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
6081 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
6082 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
6083 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
6084 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
6085
6086 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
6087 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
6088 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
6089 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
6090 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
6091 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
6092 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
6093 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
6094 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
6095 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
6096 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
6097 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
6098
6099 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
6100 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
6101 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
6102 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
6103
6104 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
6105 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
6106 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
6107 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
6108 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
6109 non-directories.
6110
6111 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
6112 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
6113 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
6114
6115 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
6116 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
6117 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
6118 this group.
6119
6120 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
6121 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
6122 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
6123 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
6124 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6125 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
6126 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6127
6128 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
6129
6130 CHANGES WITH 213:
6131
6132 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
6133 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6134 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
6135 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6136 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
6137 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
6138 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6139 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
6140 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6141 client should be more than appropriate for most
6142 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
6143 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
6144 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
6145 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
6146 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
6147 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6148 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
6149 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
6150 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
6151 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
6152 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6153
6154 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
6155 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6156 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
6157 part of a different namespace.
6158
6159 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
6160 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
6161 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
6162 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6163
6164 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
6165 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
6166 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6167
6168 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
6169 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
6170 when a service fails. This works similarly to
6171 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6172 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
6173 restart the service in question.
6174
6175 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
6176 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
6177 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
6178 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
6179 details when running non-locally.
6180
6181 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
6182 graphs it generates.
6183
6184 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
6185 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
6186 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
6187 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
6188 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
6189
6190 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
6191
6192 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
6193 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
6194 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
6195 what it was on SysV systems.
6196
6197 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
6198 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
6199
6200 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
6201 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
6202 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
6203 files.
6204
6205 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
6206 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
6207 to show these addresses in its output.
6208
6209 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
6210 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
6211 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
6212 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
6213 preferred over a text one.
6214
6215 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
6216 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
6217 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
6218 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
6219 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
6220 mDNS cache.
6221
6222 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
6223 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
6224 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
6225 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
6226 of network configuration performed in some other way.
6227
6228 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
6229 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6230 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
6231 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6232 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
6233
6234 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
6235 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
6236 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
6237 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
6238 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
6239 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
6240 overrides any other settings.
6241
6242 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6243 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6244 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
6245 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
6246 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
6247 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
6248 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
6249 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
6250 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6251 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6252 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
6253 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
6254 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
6255 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
6256 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
6257 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6258 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6259
6260 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6261
6262 CHANGES WITH 212:
6263
6264 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
6265 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
6266 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
6267 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
6268 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
6269 by accident.
6270
6271 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
6272 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
6273 registered with machined.
6274
6275 * sd-login gained new calls
6276 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
6277 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
6278 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
6279 counterparts.
6280
6281 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
6282 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
6283 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
6284 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
6285 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
6286 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
6287 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
6288 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
6289 once.
6290
6291 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
6292 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
6293 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
6294
6295 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
6296 units on all local containers, when used with the
6297 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
6298 executed when no parameters are specified).
6299
6300 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
6301 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
6302 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
6303 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
6304
6305 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
6306 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
6307 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
6308 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
6309 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
6310 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
6311
6312 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
6313 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
6314 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
6315 of the container.
6316
6317 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
6318 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
6319 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
6320 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
6321 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
6322 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
6323 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
6324 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
6325
6326 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
6327 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
6328 instead of /.
6329
6330 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
6331 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
6332 emergency messages now.
6333
6334 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
6335 journal log messages across the network.
6336
6337 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
6338 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
6339 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
6340 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
6341 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
6342 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
6343 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
6344
6345 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
6346 down a local OS container.
6347
6348 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
6349 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
6350 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
6351
6352 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
6353 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
6354 this is appropriate.
6355
6356 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
6357 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
6358 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
6359
6360 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
6361 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
6362 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
6363 for debugging purposes.
6364
6365 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
6366 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
6367 in seconds.
6368
6369 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
6370 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
6371 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
6372 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
6373 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
6374 like on traditional inetd.
6375
6376 * A new system.conf configuration option
6377 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
6378 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
6379
6380 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
6381 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
6382 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
6383 do these days).
6384
6385 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
6386 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
6387 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
6388 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
6389 could not take place because the system was powered off.
6390 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
6391
6392 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
6393 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
6394 it will be triggered.
6395
6396 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
6397 addresses to its local interfaces.
6398
6399 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
6400 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
6401 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
6402 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
6403 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
6404 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
6405 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
6406 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
6407 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6408
6409 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
6410
6411 CHANGES WITH 211:
6412
6413 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
6414 added to restrict which socket address families unit
6415 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
6416 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
6417 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
6418 is built on seccomp system call filters.
6419
6420 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
6421 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
6422 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
6423 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
6424 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
6425 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
6426 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
6427 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
6428 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
6429
6430 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
6431 matching against device group names.
6432
6433 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6434 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6435 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6436 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
6437 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
6438 though.
6439
6440 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6441 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6442 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
6443 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
6444 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6445 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
6446 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6447 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
6448 systems prepared appropriately.
6449
6450 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6451 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6452 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6453 (see above). This means that installations made with
6454 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6455 deployed using container managers, completely
6456 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6457 this feature soon, too.)
6458
6459 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6460 set up a private macvlan interface for the
6461 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
6462 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6463
6464 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6465 using IPv4LL.
6466
6467 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6468 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6469 systemd-networkd.
6470
6471 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6472 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6473 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6474 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6475 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6476
6477 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6478 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6479 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
6480 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
6481 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6482 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6483 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6484 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6485 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6486 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6487 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
6488 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
6489 users.
6490
6491 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6492 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6493 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6494 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6495 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6496 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6497 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6498 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6499 due to a closed lid.
6500
6501 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6502 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6503 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6504 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
6505 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
6506 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6507
6508 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6509 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6510 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6511 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6512 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6513
6514 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6515 now also work in --scope mode.
6516
6517 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6518 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6519 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6520 promises are made.)
6521
6522 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6523 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6524 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6525 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6526 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6527 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6528 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6529 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6530 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6531 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6532
6533 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
6534
6535 CHANGES WITH 210:
6536
6537 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6538 according to SMACK rules.
6539
6540 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
6541 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6542
6543 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6544 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6545 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6546
6547 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6548 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6549 and machine ID.
6550
6551 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
6552 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
6553 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
6554 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6555 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
6556 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
6557 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
6558 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
6559 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
6560 backpack or similar.
6561
6562 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
6563 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
6564 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
6565 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
6566 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
6567 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
6568 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
6569 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
6570 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
6571 this on its own.
6572
6573 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
6574 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
6575 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
6576 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
6577
6578 * We will now ship a default .network file for
6579 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
6580 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
6581 --network-bridge= switches.
6582
6583 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
6584 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
6585 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
6586 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
6587 metrics, according to what is customary according to
6588 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
6589 each configuration option.
6590
6591 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
6592 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
6593 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
6594 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
6595 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
6596
6597 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
6598 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
6599 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
6600 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
6601 triggered by other work being done in the program.
6602
6603 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
6604 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
6605 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
6606 default however.
6607
6608 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
6609 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
6610 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
6611 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
6612 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
6613 them with systemd-networkd.
6614
6615 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
6616 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
6617 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
6618 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
6619 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
6620 is drastically increased, but given that these are
6621 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
6622 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
6623 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
6624 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
6625 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
6626 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
6627 during a transitional period!
6628
6629 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
6630 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
6631
6632 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
6633 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6634 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
6635 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
6636 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6637 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6638 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6639 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6640
6641 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
6642
6643 CHANGES WITH 209:
6644
6645 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
6646 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
6647 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
6648 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
6649 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
6650 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
6651 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
6652 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
6653 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
6654 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
6655 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
6656 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
6657
6658 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
6659 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
6660 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
6661 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
6662 machines and the like.
6663
6664 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
6665 shutdown/boot.
6666
6667 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
6668 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
6669
6670 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
6671 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
6672 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
6673 prepared for additional security frameworks.
6674
6675 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
6676 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
6677 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
6678 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
6679 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
6680 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
6681
6682 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
6683 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
6684 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
6685 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
6686 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
6687 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
6688 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
6689 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
6690 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
6691
6692 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
6693 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
6694
6695 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
6696 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
6697 implementation.
6698
6699 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
6700 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
6701 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
6702 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
6703 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
6704 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
6705 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
6706 and .service units.
6707
6708 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
6709 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
6710 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
6711
6712 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
6713 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
6714 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
6715 nothing makes use of it.
6716
6717 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
6718 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
6719 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
6720
6721 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
6722 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
6723 compatibility purposes.
6724
6725 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
6726 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
6727 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
6728 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
6729 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
6730 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
6731 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
6732 process handling.
6733
6734 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
6735 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
6736 style to "sd-bus.h".
6737
6738 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
6739 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
6740 "systemd-networkd".
6741
6742 * There is a new kernel command line option
6743 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
6744 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
6745 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
6746 are not restored.
6747
6748 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
6749 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
6750 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
6751 PID1's support for that anymore.
6752
6753 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
6754 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
6755
6756 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
6757 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
6758 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
6759 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
6760 container that is registered with machined, such as those
6761 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
6762
6763 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
6764 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
6765 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
6766 onto remote systems.
6767
6768 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
6769 login in any local container. This works with any container
6770 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
6771 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
6772
6773 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
6774 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
6775 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
6776 system of some kind.
6777
6778 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
6779 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
6780 next.
6781
6782 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
6783 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
6784 reboot() system call.
6785
6786 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
6787 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
6788 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
6789 still available but not advertised anymore.
6790
6791 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
6792 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
6793 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
6794 within each Unit.
6795
6796 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
6797 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
6798 the kernel).
6799
6800 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
6801 timestamps (following the setting in
6802 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
6803
6804 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
6805 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
6806
6807 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
6808 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
6809
6810 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
6811 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
6812 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
6813
6814 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
6815 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
6816 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
6817 the full configuration is shown.
6818
6819 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
6820 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
6821 those commands which take multiple unit names.
6822
6823 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
6824
6825 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6826 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6827
6828 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
6829 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6830 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6831 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6832
6833 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6834 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6835 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6836 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6837
6838 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6839 of the legend text.
6840
6841 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6842 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6843 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6844 remote sessions.
6845
6846 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6847 information of SDIO devices.
6848
6849 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6850 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6851 the system manager.
6852
6853 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
6854 short description of the connection parameters in the
6855 description.
6856
6857 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
6858 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
6859 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
6860 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6861 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6862 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6863 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
6864
6865 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
6866 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
6867 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
6868 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6869 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6870 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
6871 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
6872 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
6873 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6874
6875 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6876 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6877 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6878 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
6879 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6880 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
6881 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
6882 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6883 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6884 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6885 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6886 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6887 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6888 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6889 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6890 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6891 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6892 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6893 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
6894 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
6895 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
6896 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6897 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6898
6899 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
6900 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
6901 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6902 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6903 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
6904 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
6905 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6906 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
6907 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
6908 that you are aware of the instability of the current
6909 APIs.
6910
6911 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
6912 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
6913 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
6914 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6915 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6916 declare the APIs stable.
6917
6918 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
6919 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
6920 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
6921 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
6922 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
6923 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6924 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6925 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6926 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6927 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6928 one of them is updated.
6929
6930 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
6931 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
6932 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6933 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6934 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6935
6936 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6937 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6938 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
6939 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
6940 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
6941 entry points.
6942
6943 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6944 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6945 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6946 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
6947 been disabled at compile-time.
6948
6949 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
6950 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
6951 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6952 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6953
6954 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6955 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6956 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
6957
6958 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
6959 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6960 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
6961
6962 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6963 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
6964 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
6965
6966 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6967 remains until jobs expire.
6968
6969 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
6970 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
6971 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
6972 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
6973 all remaining processes of the service.
6974
6975 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6976 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
6977 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6978 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6979 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
6980 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
6981 manager process which created them takes no further
6982 responsibilities for it.
6983
6984 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
6985 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6986 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6987 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6988 marked executable or world-writable.
6989
6990 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
6991 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
6992 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6993 "--setenv=" for consistency.
6994
6995 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6996 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
6997 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
6998 independent of the host.
6999
7000 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
7001 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
7002 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
7003 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
7004
7005 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
7006 with specific SELinux labels set.
7007
7008 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
7009 any additional output but the container's own console
7010 output.
7011
7012 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
7013 container without PID namespacing enabled.
7014
7015 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
7016 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
7017 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
7018 OS images, but only specific apps.
7019
7020 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
7021 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
7022 results in registration of the unit service itself in
7023 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
7024
7025 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
7026 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
7027 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
7028 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
7029 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
7030 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
7031
7032 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
7033 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
7034 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
7035 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
7036 units to use.
7037
7038 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
7039 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
7040 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
7041 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
7042
7043 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
7044 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
7045 context for a service.
7046
7047 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
7048 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
7049 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
7050 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
7051 influence this logic.
7052
7053 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
7054 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
7055 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
7056 other things.
7057
7058 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
7059 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
7060 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
7061 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
7062 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
7063 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
7064 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
7065 architectures). There is also a global
7066 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
7067 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
7068
7069 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
7070 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
7071
7072 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
7073 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
7074 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7075 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
7076 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
7077 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
7078 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
7079 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
7080 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7081 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
7082 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
7083 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7084 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7085 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
7086 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7087 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
7088 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
7089 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
7090 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
7091 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
7092 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7093 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
7094 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
7095 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7096
7097 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
7098
7099 CHANGES WITH 208:
7100
7101 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
7102 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
7103 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
7104 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
7105 access input and drm devices which are normally
7106 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
7107 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
7108 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
7109 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
7110 session switching without allowing background sessions to
7111 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
7112 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
7113 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
7114
7115 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
7116 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
7117 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
7118
7119 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
7120 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
7121 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
7122 kernel version number.
7123
7124 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
7125 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
7126 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
7127
7128 * This release removes high-level support for the
7129 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
7130 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
7131 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
7132 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
7133
7134 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
7135 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
7136 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
7137 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
7138 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
7139 cgroup system.
7140
7141 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
7142 messages containing the slice a message was generated
7143 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
7144 logs among other things.
7145
7146 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
7147 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
7148 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
7149 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
7150 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
7151 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
7152 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
7153 journald which would be necessary to resolve
7154 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
7155 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
7156 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
7157 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
7158 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
7159 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
7160 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
7161 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
7162 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
7163 not delayed until next reboot.
7164
7165 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
7166 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
7167 systemd generated files in one directory.
7168
7169 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
7170 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
7171 performance information if that's available to determine how
7172 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
7173 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
7174 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
7175
7176 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
7177 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
7178 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
7179 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7180 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
7181 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
7182 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7183
7184 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
7185
7186 CHANGES WITH 207:
7187
7188 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
7189 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
7190 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
7191 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
7192
7193 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
7194 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
7195 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
7196 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
7197 specified on the kernel command line less important.
7198
7199 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
7200 retrieve the VT number of a session.
7201
7202 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
7203 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
7204 maximum number of tries.
7205
7206 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
7207 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
7208 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
7209
7210 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
7211 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
7212
7213 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
7214 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
7215 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
7216
7217 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
7218 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
7219 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
7220
7221 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
7222 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
7223 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
7224 and type).
7225
7226 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
7227 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
7228
7229 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
7230 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
7231 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
7232 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
7233
7234 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
7235 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
7236 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
7237 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
7238 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
7239 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
7240 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
7241 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
7242
7243 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
7244 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
7245 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
7246 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
7247
7248 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
7249 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
7250 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
7251 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
7252 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
7253 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
7254 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
7255
7256 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
7257 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
7258
7259 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
7260 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
7261 automatically after the process terminated.
7262
7263 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
7264 certain paths from operation.
7265
7266 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
7267 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
7268 is received.
7269
7270 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
7271 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
7272 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
7273 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
7274 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
7275 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
7276 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7277 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
7278 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7279 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
7280 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7281 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
7282 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7283
7284 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
7285
7286 CHANGES WITH 206:
7287
7288 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
7289 concepts introduced with 205.
7290
7291 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
7292 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
7293 -r".
7294
7295 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
7296 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
7297 --state= parameter.
7298
7299 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
7300 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
7301 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
7302 the journal.
7303
7304 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
7305 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
7306 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
7307
7308 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
7309 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
7310 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
7311 browsing logs from that point on.
7312
7313 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
7314 of an FSS key.
7315
7316 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
7317 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
7318 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
7319 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
7320 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
7321 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
7322 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
7323 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
7324 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
7325 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
7326 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
7327 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
7328 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
7329 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
7330
7331 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
7332 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
7333 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
7334 backing module right-away.
7335
7336 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
7337 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
7338
7339 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
7340 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
7341
7342 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
7343 set of processes in the message metadata.
7344
7345 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
7346
7347 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
7348 support for passing performance data via environment
7349 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
7350 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
7351 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
7352 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
7353 deserialize it again.
7354
7355 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
7356 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
7357 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
7358 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
7359
7360 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
7361 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
7362 completely silent shutdown when used.
7363
7364 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
7365 option in .socket units.
7366
7367 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
7368 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
7369 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
7370 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
7371 system.slice as before.
7372
7373 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
7374
7375 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
7376 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
7377 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7378 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
7379 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
7380 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
7381 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7382
7383 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
7384
7385 CHANGES WITH 205:
7386
7387 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
7388
7389 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
7390 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
7391 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
7392 possible for system services and applications to group their
7393 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
7394 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
7395 together, or apply resource limits on them.
7396
7397 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
7398 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
7399 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
7400 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
7401 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
7402
7403 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
7404 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
7405 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
7406 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
7407
7408 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
7409 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
7410 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
7411 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
7412 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
7413 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
7414 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
7415 and useful as a general batch manager.
7416
7417 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
7418 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
7419 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
7420 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
7421 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
7422 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
7423 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
7424 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
7425 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
7426 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
7427
7428 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
7429 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
7430 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
7431 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
7432 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
7433 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
7434 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
7435 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7436 is compile-time optional.
7437
7438 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7439 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7440 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7441 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7442 well as slice units.
7443
7444 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7445 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7446 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7447 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7448 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7449 command that wraps this call.
7450
7451 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7452 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7453 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7454 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7455 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7456 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7457 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7458
7459 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7460 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7461 off audit.
7462
7463 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7464 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7465
7466 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
7467 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7468 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7469 and system logs.
7470
7471 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7472 snippets extending unit files.
7473
7474 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7475 not available as public API.
7476
7477 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
7478 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
7479 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7480
7481 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7482 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7483 controls what to boot into by default.
7484
7485 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7486 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7487
7488 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7489 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7490 about the unit file loading.
7491
7492 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7493 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7494 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7495 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7496 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7497 racy due to journal file rotation.
7498
7499 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7500 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7501 all services.
7502
7503 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7504 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7505 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7506 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7507 system services want to log events about specific client
7508 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7509 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7510 unit is requested.
7511
7512 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7513 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7514 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7515 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7516 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7517 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7518 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7519 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7520 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7521 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7522 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7523 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7524 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7525
7526 CHANGES WITH 204:
7527
7528 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7529 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7530
7531 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7532 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7533 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7534
7535 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7536 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7537
7538 CHANGES WITH 203:
7539
7540 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7541 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7542
7543 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7544 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7545 fields, including the root directory.
7546
7547 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7548 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
7549 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
7550 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7551 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7552 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7553 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7554 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7555 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7556 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
7557 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
7558
7559 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
7560 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
7561
7562 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
7563 have taken an inhibitor lock.
7564
7565 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
7566 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
7567 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
7568 the local hostname.
7569
7570 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
7571 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
7572 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
7573 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
7574 VMs/containers coming and going.
7575
7576 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
7577 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
7578 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
7579
7580 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
7581 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
7582 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
7583 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
7584
7585 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
7586 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
7587 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
7588
7589 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
7590 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
7591 services. With the container's root directory in
7592 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
7593 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
7594
7595 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
7596 the processes within a certain container.
7597
7598 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
7599 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
7600 check though. Patches welcome!
7601
7602 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
7603 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
7604 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
7605 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
7606 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
7607
7608 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
7609 the passed argument if applicable.
7610
7611 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7612 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7613 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
7614 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7615 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
7616 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
7617 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7618 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7619
7620 CHANGES WITH 202:
7621
7622 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
7623 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
7624 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
7625 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
7626 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
7627 units activate.
7628
7629 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
7630 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
7631 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
7632 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
7633 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
7634 for now, and not installable.
7635
7636 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
7637 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
7638 can run in conjunction with udev.
7639
7640 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
7641 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
7642 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
7643 session manager.
7644
7645 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
7646 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
7647 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
7648 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
7649 services, user processes and containers/virtual
7650 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
7651 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7652 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
7653 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
7654 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
7655 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
7656
7657 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
7658
7659 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
7660 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
7661 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
7662 logical expressions.
7663
7664 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
7665 switches.
7666
7667 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
7668 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7669 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
7670 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
7671 the user.
7672
7673 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
7674 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
7675 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
7676 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
7677 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
7678 an entry.
7679
7680 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
7681 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7682 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
7683 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7684 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
7685 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7686
7687 CHANGES WITH 201:
7688
7689 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
7690 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
7691 directory.
7692
7693 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
7694 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
7695 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
7696 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
7697 problem.
7698
7699 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
7700 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
7701 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
7702 before the key file is attempted to be read.
7703
7704 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
7705 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
7706
7707 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
7708 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
7709 files in this context are files such as
7710 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
7711
7712 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
7713 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
7714 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
7715 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
7716 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
7717 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
7718
7719 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
7720 hostnames.
7721
7722 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
7723 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
7724 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
7725 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
7726 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
7727 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
7728 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
7729 all time-related output of systemd.
7730
7731 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
7732 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
7733 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
7734 loops.
7735
7736 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
7737 (models, layouts, variants, options).
7738
7739 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
7740 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
7741 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
7742 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
7743 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
7744
7745 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
7746 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
7747 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
7748 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
7749 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
7750 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
7751 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
7752
7753 CHANGES WITH 200:
7754
7755 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
7756 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
7757 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
7758 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
7759 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
7760 middle ground between physical and access time order.
7761
7762 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
7763 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
7764 images.
7765
7766 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
7767 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
7768 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7769
7770 CHANGES WITH 199:
7771
7772 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
7773
7774 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
7775 security policy.
7776
7777 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7778 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
7779 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
7780 shared by all processes of a service (which means
7781 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
7782 the same service can still access). When a service is
7783 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
7784 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
7785 this though).
7786
7787 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
7788 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
7789 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
7790 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
7791 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
7792 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
7793
7794 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
7795 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
7796
7797 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
7798 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
7799
7800 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
7801
7802 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
7803 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
7804 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
7805 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
7806 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
7807
7808 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
7809 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
7810 system is to be mounted.
7811
7812 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
7813 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
7814 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
7815 purpose for socket units.
7816
7817 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
7818 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
7819
7820 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
7821 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
7822 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
7823 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
7824 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
7825
7826 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7827 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7828 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7829 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7830 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7831 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7832 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7833 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7834 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7835
7836 CHANGES WITH 198:
7837
7838 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7839 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7840 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7841 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7842 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
7843 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
7844 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7845 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7846 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
7847 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7848 unit files locally: copying the files from
7849 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7850 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7851 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7852 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
7853 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
7854 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7855 for them too.
7856
7857 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
7858 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
7859 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7860 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7861 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7862 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7863 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
7864 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7865 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
7866
7867 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7868 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7869
7870 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
7871 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7872 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7873 other users.
7874
7875 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7876 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7877 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7878 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7879 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
7880 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
7881 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7882 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
7883 management logic is also available to other programs via the
7884 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7885 supported.
7886
7887 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
7888 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7889 the foreground VT.
7890
7891 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7892 call.
7893
7894 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7895 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7896 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
7897 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7898 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7899 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
7900 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7901 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7902 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7903 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7904 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7905 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7906 also been removed.
7907
7908 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
7909 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
7910 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7911 objects themselves.
7912
7913 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7914
7915 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7916 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
7917 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
7918 to how this is supported in shells.
7919
7920 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7921 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7922 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7923 user systemd instance.
7924
7925 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7926 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7927 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7928 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7929 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7930 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7931 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7932 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7933 one day for good in the kernel.
7934
7935 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7936 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7937 container.
7938
7939 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
7940 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
7941 the host into the container.
7942
7943 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
7944 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7945 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7946 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7947 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7948 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
7949
7950 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
7951
7952 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7953 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
7954 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7955 configured to be mounted there.
7956
7957 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7958 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7959 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7960 system resume events.
7961
7962 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7963 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
7964 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
7965 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
7966
7967 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7968 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7969 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7970 card).
7971
7972 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7973 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7974 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7975
7976 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7977 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7978 later "change" event.
7979
7980 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7981 now carry a message ID.
7982
7983 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7984 continues to be work in progress.
7985
7986 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7987 root directory to operate relative to.
7988
7989 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7990 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
7991 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7992 times a little.
7993
7994 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7995 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7996 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7997 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7998 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7999 request boot into firmware operations.
8000
8001 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
8002 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
8003 correctly in initrds.
8004
8005 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
8006 compile time optional via a configure switch.
8007
8008 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
8009 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
8010
8011 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
8012 the status of all active or failed units.
8013
8014 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
8015 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
8016 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
8017 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
8018 requests more robust.
8019
8020 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
8021 reading journal files.
8022
8023 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
8024 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
8025
8026 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
8027
8028 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
8029 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
8030
8031 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
8032 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
8033 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
8034 socket activation in daemons.
8035
8036 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
8037 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
8038
8039 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
8040 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
8041 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
8042
8043 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
8044 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
8045 system units.
8046
8047 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
8048 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
8049 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
8050
8051 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
8052 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
8053 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
8054 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
8055 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
8056 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
8057 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
8058 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
8059 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
8060 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
8061 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
8062 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
8063 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
8064 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
8065 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
8066 package installation time.
8067
8068 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
8069 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
8070 scripts need to create these system user/group at
8071 installation time.
8072
8073 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
8074 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
8075
8076 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
8077
8078 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
8079 available.
8080
8081 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
8082 load SMACK policies at early boot.
8083
8084 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
8085 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
8086 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
8087 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
8088 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8089 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
8090 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
8091 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
8092 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
8093 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
8094 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
8095 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8096 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
8097 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
8098
8099 CHANGES WITH 197:
8100
8101 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
8102 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
8103 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
8104 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
8105 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
8106 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
8107 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
8108 the supported calendar time specification language see
8109 systemd.time(7).
8110
8111 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
8112 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
8113 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
8114 document for details:
8115
8116 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8117
8118 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
8119 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
8120 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8121 implementations around and minimal in its code and
8122 dependencies.
8123
8124 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
8125 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
8126 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
8127 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
8128 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
8129 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
8130 with a configure switch.
8131
8132 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
8133 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
8134 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
8135 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
8136 such as ext4.
8137
8138 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
8139 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
8140 identities are attached to the devices as well.
8141
8142 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
8143 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
8144
8145 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
8146 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
8147 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
8148 using only core OS tools.
8149
8150 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
8151 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
8152 implementation of socket activated nspawn
8153 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
8154 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
8155 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
8156 eventually.
8157
8158 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
8159 presenting log data.
8160
8161 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
8162 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8163
8164 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
8165 system on idle.
8166
8167 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
8168 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
8169 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
8170 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
8171 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
8172 information if possible.
8173
8174 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
8175 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
8176 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
8177
8178 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
8179 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
8180 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
8181 is running on battery power.
8182
8183 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
8184 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
8185 is in the "failed" state.
8186
8187 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
8188 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
8189 environment files at once.
8190
8191 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
8192 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
8193 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
8194 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
8195 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
8196 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
8197 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
8198 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
8199 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
8200 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
8201 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
8202 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
8203 pieces of code locally from the git history.
8204
8205 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
8206 log the unit name in the message meta data.
8207
8208 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
8209 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
8210
8211 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
8212 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
8213 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
8214 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
8215 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
8216 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8217 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
8218 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
8219 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
8220 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
8221 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
8222 shipped from us upstream.
8223
8224 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
8225 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
8226 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
8227 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
8228 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8229 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8230 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
8231 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
8232 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
8233 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
8234 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
8235 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
8236 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8237
8238 CHANGES WITH 196:
8239
8240 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
8241 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
8242 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
8243 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
8244 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
8245 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
8246 becoming the one central database for non-essential
8247 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
8248 database was only attached to select devices, since the
8249 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
8250 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
8251 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
8252 data for all devices where this is available, by
8253 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
8254 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
8255 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
8256 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
8257 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
8258 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
8259
8260 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
8261 indexed database to link up additional information with
8262 journal entries. For further details please check:
8263
8264 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
8265
8266 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
8267 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
8268 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
8269 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
8270 macro for this purpose.
8271
8272 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
8273 Python logging framework.
8274
8275 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
8276 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
8277 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
8278 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
8279 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
8280 time intervals.
8281
8282 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
8283 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
8284 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
8285
8286 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
8287 right-away on the selected coredump.
8288
8289 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
8290 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
8291 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
8292
8293 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
8294 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
8295 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
8296 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
8297
8298 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
8299 default.
8300
8301 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
8302 SMACK security label.
8303
8304 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
8305 daylight saving change.
8306
8307 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
8308 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
8309 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
8310 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
8311 distributions who still need support this to either continue
8312 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
8313 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
8314
8315 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
8316 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
8317 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
8318 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
8319 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
8320 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
8321 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
8322
8323 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
8324 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
8325
8326 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
8327 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
8328 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
8329 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
8330 offline updating tools.
8331
8332 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
8333 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
8334 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
8335 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
8336 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
8337 directories for packages to place various data files in.
8338
8339 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
8340 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
8341
8342 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
8343 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8344 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
8345 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8346 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
8347 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
8348 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
8349 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
8350 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8351
8352 CHANGES WITH 195:
8353
8354 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
8355 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
8356 units via --unit=/-u.
8357
8358 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
8359 right thing.
8360
8361 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
8362 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
8363 rotation.
8364
8365 * The journal will now index the available field values for
8366 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
8367 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
8368 completion of journalctl has been updated
8369 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
8370 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
8371
8372 * More service events are now written as structured messages
8373 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
8374
8375 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
8376 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
8377 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
8378 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
8379 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
8380 these settings from the command line now, especially since
8381 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
8382 completion.
8383
8384 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
8385 extract coredumps from the journal.
8386
8387 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
8388 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
8389 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
8390 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
8391 scratch their heads.
8392
8393 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
8394 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
8395
8396 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
8397 in immediate termination of systemd.
8398
8399 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
8400 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
8401
8402 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
8403 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
8404 mouse screen support has been added.
8405
8406 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
8407 Server-Sent-Events as output.
8408
8409 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
8410 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
8411 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
8412 "systemctl reload".
8413
8414 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
8415 -u" instead.
8416
8417 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
8418 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
8419 configured.
8420
8421 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
8422 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
8423
8424 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
8425 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
8426 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
8427 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
8428 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
8429 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
8430 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
8431
8432 CHANGES WITH 194:
8433
8434 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
8435 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8436 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8437 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8438 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8439 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8440 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8441 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8442 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8443 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8444 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8445 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8446
8447 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8448 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8449 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8450
8451 CHANGES WITH 193:
8452
8453 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8454 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8455
8456 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8457 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8458 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8459
8460 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8461 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8462 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8463 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8464 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8465 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8466 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8467
8468 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8469 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8470
8471 This will download the journal contents in a
8472 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8473
8474 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8475
8476 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8477 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8478 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8479 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8480 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8481
8482 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8483
8484 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8485 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8486
8487 CHANGES WITH 192:
8488
8489 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8490 too.
8491
8492 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
8493 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8494 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
8495 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
8496 just start them.
8497
8498 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8499 and line break accordingly.
8500
8501 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8502 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
8503
8504 CHANGES WITH 191:
8505
8506 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8507 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8508 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8509 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8510 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8511
8512 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8513 will default to 10 if omitted.
8514
8515 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8516 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8517 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8518 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
8519 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
8520
8521 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8522 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8523 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8524 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8525 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8526 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
8527 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
8528
8529 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8530 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
8531 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
8532 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
8533 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8534 into two.
8535
8536 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8537 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
8538
8539 CHANGES WITH 190:
8540
8541 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
8542 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8543 "systemctl status".
8544
8545 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8546 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8547 system to another place in the same file system could not be
8548 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8549 field.)
8550
8551 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8552 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8553 default.
8554
8555 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8556 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
8557 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
8558 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
8559 in a container.
8560
8561 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
8562 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
8563 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
8564 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
8565 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
8566 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
8567
8568 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
8569 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
8570 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
8571 no-op.
8572
8573 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
8574 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
8575 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
8576 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
8577 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
8578
8579 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
8580 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
8581
8582 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
8583 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
8584 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
8585 command.
8586
8587 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
8588 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
8589 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
8590
8591 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
8592
8593 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
8594 multiple files at once.
8595
8596 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
8597 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
8598 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
8599 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
8600 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
8601 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
8602 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
8603
8604 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
8605 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
8606 now support specifiers as well.
8607
8608 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
8609 dir: %_presetdir.
8610
8611 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
8612 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
8613
8614 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
8615 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
8616 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
8617 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
8618 anymore.
8619
8620 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
8621 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
8622 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
8623 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
8624
8625 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
8626 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
8627 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
8628
8629 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
8630 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
8631 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
8632 sockets.
8633
8634 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
8635 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
8636 is changed.
8637
8638 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
8639 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
8640 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
8641 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
8642 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
8643 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
8644 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
8645
8646 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
8647
8648 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
8649 the unit file label and client process label into account.
8650
8651 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
8652 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
8653
8654 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
8655 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
8656 (%b).
8657
8658 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
8659 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
8660 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8661 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8662 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
8663 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8664 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8665
8666 CHANGES WITH 189:
8667
8668 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
8669 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
8670
8671 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
8672 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
8673 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
8674 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
8675 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
8676 syslog daemons again.
8677
8678 * The libudev API gained the new
8679 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
8680
8681 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
8682 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
8683 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
8684 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
8685
8686 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
8687 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
8688 container.
8689
8690 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
8691 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
8692 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
8693 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
8694 this explaining it in more detail.
8695
8696 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
8697 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
8698 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
8699 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
8700
8701 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
8702 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
8703 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
8704 journal files.
8705
8706 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
8707 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
8708 as container init process a lot more fun.
8709
8710 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
8711 entries.
8712
8713 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
8714 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
8715 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
8716 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
8717 different sets of services.
8718
8719 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
8720 failure state.
8721
8722 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
8723 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
8724 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8725
8726 CHANGES WITH 188:
8727
8728 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
8729 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
8730 tree a lot more organized.
8731
8732 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
8733 may be used to group services in a natural way.
8734
8735 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
8736 services.
8737
8738 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
8739 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
8740 filtering by log level now.
8741
8742 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
8743 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
8744 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
8745
8746 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
8747 command lines involving service unit names.
8748
8749 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
8750 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
8751
8752 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
8753 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
8754 and encodes structured information about the error number.
8755
8756 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
8757 option.
8758
8759 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
8760 a shutdown is cancelled.
8761
8762 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
8763 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
8764 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
8765 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
8766 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
8767
8768 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
8769 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
8770 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
8771 for display managers instead.
8772
8773 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
8774 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
8775 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
8776 protection, and suchlike.
8777
8778 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
8779 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
8780 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
8781 the service.
8782
8783 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
8784 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
8785 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
8786 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
8787 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
8788 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8789
8790 CHANGES WITH 187:
8791
8792 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
8793 pages.
8794
8795 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
8796 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
8797 data loss.
8798
8799 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
8800 option.
8801
8802 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
8803
8804 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
8805 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
8806
8807 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
8808 specific directory.
8809
8810 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
8811 messages of two different boots.
8812
8813 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
8814 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
8815 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
8816
8817 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
8818 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
8819 disjunctions.
8820
8821 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
8822 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
8823 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
8824
8825 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8826 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8827 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8828
8829 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8830 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8831 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8832 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8833 speed things up a bit.
8834
8835 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8836 header data of journal files.
8837
8838 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8839 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8840 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8841
8842 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8843 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8844 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8845 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8846
8847 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8848
8849 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8850 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8851 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8852 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8853
8854 CHANGES WITH 186:
8855
8856 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8857 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8858 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8859 prefixed with rd.
8860
8861 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8862 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8863
8864 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8865
8866 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8867
8868 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
8869
8870 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8871 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8872 as well.
8873
8874 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8875 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8876 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8877
8878 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8879 does the right thing. Example:
8880
8881 udevadm info /dev/sda
8882 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8883
8884 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8885 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8886 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8887 running.
8888
8889 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8890 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8891
8892 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8893 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8894
8895 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8896 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8897 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8898 files.
8899
8900 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8901 be stopped that is not loaded.
8902
8903 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8904
8905 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8906
8907 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8908 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8909 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8910 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8911
8912 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8913 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8914 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8915 completed initialization.
8916
8917 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8918
8919 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8920 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8921 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8922 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8923 distributions.
8924
8925 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8926 always valid when services log to the journal via
8927 STDOUT/STDERR.
8928
8929 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8930 command line options we understand.
8931
8932 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8933 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8934
8935 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
8936 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8937
8938 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8939 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8940 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8941 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8942
8943 systemctl status /home
8944 systemctl status /dev/sda
8945
8946 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8947 system.conf parsing.
8948
8949 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8950 Manager object.
8951
8952 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
8953
8954 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8955
8956 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8957 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8958 complete.
8959
8960 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8961 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8962 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8963 systemd-fsck@.service.
8964
8965 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8966 Manager object.
8967
8968 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8969 work sensibly.
8970
8971 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8972 we actually understand.
8973
8974 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8975 additional capabilities to the container.
8976
8977 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
8978 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
8979 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8980
8981 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8982 the current boot only.
8983
8984 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8985 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8986
8987 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8988 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8989 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8990 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8991 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8992
8993 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8994
8995 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8996 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8997 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8998 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
8999
9000 CHANGES WITH 185:
9001
9002 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
9003 available.
9004
9005 * Several new man pages have been added.
9006
9007 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
9008 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
9009 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
9010 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
9011
9012 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
9013 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
9014
9015 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
9016 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9017 Matthias Clasen
9018
9019 CHANGES WITH 184:
9020
9021 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
9022 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
9023
9024 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
9025 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
9026 daemon.
9027
9028 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
9029 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
9030
9031 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
9032 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
9033 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
9034 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
9035
9036 CHANGES WITH 183:
9037
9038 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
9039 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
9040 and systemd's most recent version number.
9041
9042 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
9043 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
9044 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
9045 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
9046 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
9047 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
9048
9049 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
9050 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
9051 subsystems.
9052
9053 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
9054 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
9055 used to subscribe to events.
9056
9057 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
9058 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
9059 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
9060 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
9061 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
9062 forked by udev rules.
9063
9064 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
9065 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
9066 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
9067 it.
9068
9069 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
9070 udev_monitor_from_socket()
9071 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
9072 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
9073 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
9074
9075 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9076 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
9077
9078 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
9079 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
9080 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
9081 the files to the new names on upgrade.
9082
9083 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
9084 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
9085 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
9086 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
9087 to be used as drop-in files.
9088
9089 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
9090 particular suspending and hibernating.
9091
9092 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
9093 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
9094 about this in more detail.
9095
9096 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
9097 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
9098 places). Distributions which have not converted these
9099 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
9100 from git history and add them downstream.
9101
9102 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
9103 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
9104 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
9105 units.
9106
9107 * All smaller setup units (such as
9108 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
9109 are run in a container and are skipped when
9110 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
9111 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
9112
9113 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
9114 integrated, for details see:
9115 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
9116
9117 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
9118 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
9119 messages.
9120
9121 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
9122 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
9123 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
9124 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
9125 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
9126
9127 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
9128 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
9129 for all units started by PID 1.
9130
9131 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
9132 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
9133 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
9134
9135 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
9136 of PID 1 anymore.
9137
9138 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
9139 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
9140 have not been read by systemd yet.
9141
9142 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
9143 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
9144 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
9145 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
9146 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
9147 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
9148
9149 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
9150 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
9151
9152 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
9153
9154 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
9155 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
9156 so sexy.
9157
9158 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
9159 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
9160 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
9161 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
9162 patterns.
9163
9164 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
9165 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
9166 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
9167 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
9168
9169 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
9170 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
9171
9172 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
9173 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
9174 in systemd now.
9175
9176 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
9177 ID on the command line.
9178
9179 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
9180 for an init system.
9181
9182 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
9183 vt100.
9184
9185 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
9186
9187 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
9188 components now have directories of their own.
9189
9190 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
9191
9192 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
9193 container in other hierarchies.
9194
9195 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
9196 system.conf.
9197
9198 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
9199
9200 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
9201 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
9202
9203 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
9204 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
9205
9206 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
9207 locally generated journal files.
9208
9209 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
9210
9211 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
9212
9213 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
9214 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
9215 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
9216 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
9217 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
9218 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
9219 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9220 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
9221 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9222 Gundersen
9223
9224 CHANGES WITH 44:
9225
9226 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9227
9228 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
9229 KVM or container configured UUID.
9230
9231 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
9232
9233 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
9234
9235 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
9236 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
9237
9238 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
9239
9240 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
9241 folks
9242
9243 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
9244 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
9245 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
9246
9247 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
9248 configuration
9249
9250 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
9251 free fashion
9252
9253 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
9254 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
9255 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
9256 automatically generated data.
9257
9258 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
9259 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
9260 however.
9261
9262 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
9263 tarball.
9264
9265 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
9266 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
9267 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
9268 Reding
9269
9270 CHANGES WITH 43:
9271
9272 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9273
9274 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
9275
9276 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
9277
9278 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
9279 normal user logins.
9280
9281 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
9282 Biebl
9283
9284 CHANGES WITH 42:
9285
9286 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
9287
9288 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
9289 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
9290 xsltproc.
9291
9292 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
9293 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
9294 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
9295
9296 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
9297 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
9298 reboot can automatically be triggered.
9299
9300 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
9301
9302 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
9303 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9304 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
9305
9306 CHANGES WITH 41:
9307
9308 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
9309 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
9310 package update.
9311
9312 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
9313 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
9314 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
9315
9316 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
9317 complete.
9318
9319 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
9320 understood to set system wide environment variables
9321 dynamically at boot.
9322
9323 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
9324
9325 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
9326 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
9327 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
9328 files.
9329
9330 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9331 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
9332 William Douglas
9333
9334 CHANGES WITH 40:
9335
9336 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9337
9338 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
9339 "Result" D-Bus property.
9340
9341 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
9342 the next few releases.)
9343
9344 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
9345 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
9346 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
9347 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
9348
9349 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
9350 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
9351 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
9352
9353 CHANGES WITH 39:
9354
9355 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9356 bugfixes.
9357
9358 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
9359 resource usage.
9360
9361 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
9362 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
9363 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
9364 journals by the respective users.
9365
9366 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
9367 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
9368 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
9369
9370 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
9371 client for all entries.
9372
9373 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
9374
9375 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
9376 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
9377
9378 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
9379 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
9380 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
9381 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
9382
9383 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
9384 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
9385 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
9386
9387 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
9388 journal along with meta data.
9389
9390 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
9391 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
9392 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
9393
9394 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
9395 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
9396 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
9397
9398 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
9399
9400 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
9401 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
9402 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
9403 or fsck.
9404
9405 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
9406 requested with new -k switch.
9407
9408 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9409 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
9410
9411 CHANGES WITH 38:
9412
9413 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9414 bugfixes.
9415
9416 * The git repository moved to:
9417 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
9418 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
9419
9420 * First release with the journal
9421 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
9422
9423 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
9424 systemd-stdout-bridge.
9425
9426 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
9427
9428 * Many systemadm clean-ups
9429
9430 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
9431 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
9432 remote mounts.
9433
9434 * Added Mageia support
9435
9436 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9437
9438 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9439 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9440 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9441 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9442 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9443
9444 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9445 of existing distributions.
9446
9447 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9448 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9449
9450 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9451 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9452 boot.
9453
9454 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9455
9456 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9457 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9458 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9459 among other things.
9460
9461 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9462 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9463
9464 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9465
9466 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
9467 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9468 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9469
9470 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9471 restored.
9472
9473 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9474 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9475 kmod
9476
9477 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
9478 of /usr/local by default.
9479
9480 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9481 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9482 in:
9483 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
9484
9485 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9486 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9487 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9488 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9489 supported anyway, and bad style).
9490
9491 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9492 reloading of units together.
9493
9494 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
9495 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9496 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9497 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9498 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek